€¦ · Web viewEAST CENTRAL RAILWAY (Operating Department) Question bank (objective type) for promotional exam. (From Gr. ‘D’ to Gr. ‘C’) Syllabus: Definition. Operating

EAST CENTRAL RAILWAY(Operating Department)

Question bank (objective type) for promotional exam. (From Gr. ‘D’ to Gr. ‘C’)

Syllabus:

1. Definition.2. Operating forms.3. Station & Yard.4. Working of trains generally & Foggy weather.5. Line clear condition.6. Reception & Dispatch.7. Level crossing gate.8. Accident.9. Duties of Pointsman/Porter/Shuntman.10. Organizational set up of railway.11. Rajbhasha.12. General question on English.13. Arithmetic and General knowledge.14. Mental ability.15. Signals.16. Panel working system17. Basic establishment (Pass, PTO & leave rule) and Service conduct rule.18. General rule for Shunting.19. Stabling of load & securing of vehicle. 20. Train detaching & attaching & Train parting.21. Marshalling & re-marshalling of trains.

Series-I

1. The special instructions approved of or prescribed by CRS is- (a) Approved special instruction (b) Special instruction (c) None.

2. The “off” position of last of signal is an authority to proceed on- (a) Double line under absolute block system (b) Double line under Automatic Block system (c) None.

3. Token / Tablet is an example of authority to proceed on- (a) Double line Stations (b) Single Line Stations (c) None.

4. “D” class station is an example of – (a) Non-block station (b) Block station (c) None.

5. “C”-class station is an example of – (a) Non-block station (b) Block station (c) None.

6. IBP is an unmanned- (a) C class station (b) B class station (c) None.

7. Which one of the following is a train- (a) Motor trolley (b) Light engine (c) None.

8. General Rules are framed by- (a) Railway Board (b) PCOM (c) CSO.

9. SR is issued by- (a) PCOM (b) CSO (c) CRS

10. The line ordinarily used for running trains through and between stations is- (a) Main line (b) Loop line (c) By pass line.

11. Trap indicator is a- (a) Means of isolation (b) Appliance fitted with trap points (c) None.

12. Trap point is a- (a) Means of isolation (b) Appliance fitted with trap points (c) None.

13. point indicator is a- (a) Signal (b) Means of isolation (c) Appliance fitted with points.

14. The classification of each station in a division is given in- (a) Working time table (b) Public time table (c) Operating Manual.

15. The Guard should keep his equipment in a - (a) Brief Case (b) Box (c) Bag.

16. The VTO is provided at 180 metres from a nominated location where from it is to be seen by SM at station with- (a) MACL (b) TALQ (c) None.

17. In foggy weather, It is not necessary to place detonators to indicate location of a stop signal to the loco pilot at stations where- (a) Double distant signals are provided (b) Single distant signals are provided (c) None.

18. During foggy weather in multiple aspect signalling, where single distant signal is provided the two detonators at the distance of 270 and 10 metres to be placed sort of- (a) First Stop signal (b) Starter signal (c) Last stop Signal.

19. The maximum speed of a train in absolute block system during fog will be- (a) 60 kmph (b) 30 kmph (c) None.

20. How many parts of Station Detonators Register (Fog Signal Register) are - (a) Three (b) Two (c) Four.

21. The fog signal post is provided at 270 metres from the first stop signal of a station With- (a) Single distant signals (b) Double distant signals (c) Combined signals.

22. The standard time is transmitted daily to all stations at- (a) 08:00 hrs. (b) 16:00 hrs. (c) 12:00 hrs.

23. If the electric headlight of an engine becomes defective in route, the maximum speed of the train will be- (a) 30 kmph (b) 40 kmph. (c) 60 kmph.

24. The loco pilot while approaching a level crossing gate will blow- (a) Intermittent whistle (b) Long whistle (c) Short whistle.

25.The loco pilot will blow Three long whistle if- (a) Fouling mark is not clear (b) The train is out of control (c) Signal is defective.

26. “One long two short” whistle will be blown by the loco pilot when- (a) Signal are lowered but light extinguished or signal is drooping (b) The train is out of control (c) Token is missed.

27. The loco pilot will blow “two short” whistle when- (a) Trains got part (b) Wrong authority to proceed received (c) All right signal not exchanged by station staff.

28. The whistle code for “train is out of control” is- (a) Four short (b) Three short (c) Two short ,One long.

29. The whistle code for “train cannot proceed on account of accident” is- (a) Three short (b) Four short (c) Five short.

30. The Passenger carrying train may run without guard with the order of- (a) Sr. DOM (b) PCOM (c) Never be allowed to run.

31. The Goods train may run without brake van in extreme emergency when specific orders are given by- (a) Sr. DOM (b) PCOM (c) CSO.

32. How many dead locomotive may be attached in a goods train- (a) One (b) Two (c) None.

33. Gujhandi – Gurpa section is declared as a- (a) Flat section (b) GHAT section (c) Neutral section.

34. The standard length of Platform is – (a) 600 m (b) 400 m (c) 700 m

35. The speed of a train while entering Dock Platform is limited to- (a) 10 Kmph (b) 08 kmph (c) 05 kmph.

36. The speed of a trains over non-interlocked facing points shall not exceed- (a) 16 Kmph (b) 15 Kmph (c) 08 kmph.

37. The record foils of the Caution Order shall be preserved for a period of- (a) Twelve months after its issue (b) Six months after its issue (c) Three months after its issue.

38. The Form No. for “NIL Caution Order” is- (a) T/B-409 (b) T/A-409 (c) None.

39. The Form No. for “Reminder Caution Order” is- (a) T/B-409 (b) T/A-409 (c) None.

40. The Form No. for “Advance Authority to pass defective signals” is- (a) T/369(1) (b) T/509 (c) T/512.

41. The Form No. for “Authority to pass signals in ON or defective position” is- (a) T/369(3b) (b) T/D 602 (c) T/806

42. The Form No. for “Authority for Temporary Single line working on double line section” is- (a) T/C602 (b) T/D602 (c) T/E 602.

43. The Standard length of Loop line is- (a) 600 meters (b) 750 meters (c) 586 meters.

44. “Splashing of grease around the roller bearing axle box” is the symptom of- (a) Hot Axle (b) Seizure of roller bearing (c) None.

45. “Whistling noise” is the symptom of- (a) Hot Axle (b) Skidding of wheels (c) None.

46. “Strong smell of heated oil and waste” is the symptom of- (a) Hot Axle (b) Skidding of wheels (c) None.

47. “Skidding of wheels” is the symptom of- (a) Seizure of roller bearing (b) Hot Axle (c) None.

48. When a train is within station limits, the Guard shall be under the orders of the- (a) Loco Pilot (b) Station Master (c) None.

49. The personal equipment of Guards should contain- (a) 03 Hand Signal flags (b) 02 Hand Signal flags (c) 04 Hand Signal flags.

50. Each Guard shall have with him while on duty with his train, how many pairs of such spectacles as he is required to wear under medical advice. (a) One pair (b) Three pair (c) Two pair.

51. Adequate distance means the distance sufficient to ensure- (a) Security (b) Safety (c) Punctuality.

52. How many wooden wedges are kept in the Brake Van equipment of Coaching trains- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03.

53. PCOM is authorised officer to issue- (a) Subsidiary rules (b) General rules (c) None.

54. The authority given to the Driver of a train ,under the system of working, to enter the block section with his train is – (a) Shunting Order (b) Authority to work (c) Authority to proceed.

55. Block forward may be done only on- (a) Double line (b) Single line (c) Both on Single and on Double line.

56. Block back may be done on- (a) Only on Double line (b) Only on Single line (c) Both on Single and on Double line.

57. The portion of the running line between two block station on to which no running train may enter until Line Clear has been obtained from the station of other end, is- (a) Block Section (b) Station Section (c) Station Limit.

58. Generally the advance block section commences from home signal at- (a) C class station (b) B class station (c) A class station.

59. At “B” class station the advance block section commences from the- (a) Last stop signal (b) Home signal (c) Routing Signal.

60. The “A” class station is provided in which type of signalling territory- (a) Two aspect (b) Multiple aspect (c) None.

61. The minimum distance of block overlap in two aspect is- (a) 400 metres (b) 580 meters (c) 180 meters.

62. The minimum distance of a block overlap in multiple aspect is- (a) 180 metres (b) 400 meters. (c) None.

63.The minimum adequate distance of signal overlap in multiple aspect is- (a) 180 meters (b) 400 meters (c) 120 metres.

64. The minimum adequate distance of signal overlap in two aspect is- (a) 180 metres. (b) 120 metres (c) 400 meters.

65. The block overlap at “C” classes station is always- (a) 180 meters (b) 120 meters (c) 400 metres.

66. Day means the time from- (a) Sunrise to sunset (b) 06:00 hrs to 18:00 hrs. (c) 09:00 hrs to 17:00 hrs.

67. The mark at which the infringement of fixed standard dimensions occurs where two lines cross for join one another is- (a) CSR (b) CAL (c) Fouling Mark.

68. The fixed stop signal of a station which controls the entry of trains into next block station is- (a) First Stop signal (b) Repeating signal (c) Last stop signal.

69. The How many Fire Extinguishers are kept in the Brake Van of coaching trains? (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03

70. When the trap is “open” the trap indicator shows- (a) Red light by night (b) Red target by day (c) Both.

71. When the points are set for a straight line, the point indicator shows- (a) white light by night (b) white target by day (c) Both.

72. When the tracp is closed the Trap indicator shows- (a) Green (b) White (c) Red.

73. When the points are set for turnout / crossover, the point indicator shows- (a) Green (b) White (c) Red.

74. The train, which has started under and authority to proceed and has not completed its journey is- (a) Moving train (b) Running train (c) None.

75. The instructions issued from time to time by the authorised officer in respect to particular cases for special circumstances are- (a) Special instructions (b) Approved special instruction (c) Authorised instruction.

76. The movement of a vehicle or vehicles with or without an engine or of any engine or any other self- propelled vehicle, for the purpose of attaching, detaching or transfer is- (a) Shunting (b) Marshalling (c) Moving.

77. The line governed by one or more signals, used by a train when entering or leaving a station or when passing through a station or between stations is- (a) Sectional Line (b) Running Line (c) Clear Line.

78. Any place on a line of railway at which traffic is dealt with, is- (a) Station (b) Halt (c) Gang Hut.

79. Those stations from where the Driver must obtain an authority to proceed under the system of working to enter the block section with his train are- (a) Block Section (b) Non- block station (c) Block stations.

80. Those stations, which are stopping places and situated between two consecutive block stations, and do not form the boundary of any block section are- (a) Non-Block station (b) Block Section (c) Non- block station.

81. The form No. for “Authority to receive a train on an obstructed line” is- (a) T/ 509 (b) T/A 912 (c) T/B 912.

82. The form number for “Authority to start from a non-signalled line” is- (a) T/512 (b) T/A 912 (c) T/511

83. The form number for “Authority start from a line with common starter signal” is- (a) T/512 (b) T/369(3b) (c) T/409

84. The form number for “Authority to proceed for relief engine train in to an obstructed block section” is- (a) T/409 (b) T/509 (c) T/A 602.

85. Form T/B 602 is an authority for- (a) Opening communication during total introduction of communication on single line. (b) Shunting order (c) Authority to start from a line with common starter signal.

86. Written permission given by guard to the driver to proceed to next station from mid-section is- (a) T/F602 (b) T/G602 (c) T/609.

87. The form number for Shunting order is- (a) T/806 (b) T/409 (c) T/1410.

88. The form number for “train intact arrival register” is- (a) T/1410 (b) T/1525 (c) T/1518.

89. How many copies of form T/509 are prepared - (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03

90. How may copies of form T/602 are prepared- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03.

91. How many copies of form T/369(3b) are prepared- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03.

92. How many copies of form T/806 are prepared- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03

93. The form used as Motor Trolley permit is- (a) T/1525 (b) T/1410 (c) T/1518.

94. The form used as Trolley/Lorry/OHE Ladder Trolley notice is- (a) T/1518 (b) T/1525 (c) T/1410.

95. Form No. ECR 4 Yellow is used as- (a) Advice of work to be undertaken within station limits involving total block of a line. (b) Advice of work to be undertaken outside station limits involving total block of a line. (c) Advice of work to be undertaken within or outside station limits involving restriction of speed.

96. Form No. ECR 4A Red is used as- (a) Advice of work to be undertaken within station limits involving total block of a line. (b) Advice of work to be undertaken outside station limits involving total block of a line. (c) Advice of work to be undertaken within or outside station limits involving restriction of speed.

97. Form No. ECR 5 White is used as- (a) Advice of work to be undertaken within station limits involving total block of a line. (b) Advice of work to be undertaken outside station limits involving total block of a line. (c) Advice of work to be undertaken within or outside station limits involving restriction of speed.

98. Form No. S&T(T/351) is used as- (a) Reconnection and Disconnection Notice. (b) Train Examination Advice/Report. (c) Motor trolley permit.

99. A Short section of insulated and dead overhead equipment which separates the area fed by adjacent sub-stations or feeding post is- (a) Neutral Section (b) Isolated Section (c) Faulty Section.

100. The Blocking of a section of line to electric traffic only is- (a) Power Block (b) Block Line (c) Traffic Block.

101. The Blocking of a section of line to all traffic is- (a) Power Block (b) Traffic Block (c) None.

102. The zone, lying within 2 metres of any live equipment of OHE is- (a) Electric zone (b) Live equipment (c) Danger zone.

103. Form for imposition of block by TRD for outside station limits is- (a) E-TR-D-1 (b) E-TR-D-2 (c) E-TR-D-3.

104. Form for imposition of block by TRD for within station limits is- (a) E-TR-D-1 (b) E-TR-D-2 (c) E-TR-D-3.

105. Form for imposition of speed restriction by TRDS is- (a) E-TR-D-1 (b) E-TR-D-2 (c) E-TR-D-3.

106. Out-lying siding are termed as- (a) “DK” class station (b) “C” class station (c) “B” class station.

107. The electrical circuit provided to detect the presence of a vehicle on a portion of track is called- (a) Track Circuit (b) Axle counter (c) BPAC.

108. Night means the time from- (a) Sunset to Sunrise (b) 06:00 hrs. to 16:00 hrs. (c) 08:00 hrs. to 18:00 hrs.

109. The signalling arrangement in which each signal displays at any one time either of two aspects is- (a) Two aspect signaling (b) Multiple aspect signaling (c) None.

110. The signalling arrangement in which signals display at any one time any one of the three or more aspects is- (a) Two aspect signaling (b) Multiple aspect signaling (c) None.

111. The Level crossing gates which are located within the outer most stop signals in either direction of a block station are termed as- (a) Traffic gates (b) Engineering gates (c) None.

112. The level crossing gates other than traffic gates are termed as- (a) Traffic gates (b) Engineering gates (c) None

113. Any station which cannot be worked solely under ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’ or ‘D’ class conditions, is termed as- (a) Special class Station (b) Block station (c) Non- Block station.

114. The block station where Line Clear may not be given for a train unless the line on which it is intended to receive the train is clear for at least 400 metres beyond the Home signal, or upto the Starter is termed as- (a) ‘B’ Class station (b) 'A' Class station(c) None.

115. The block station where Line Clear may be given for a train before the line has been cleared for the reception of the train within the station section is termed as- (a) 'B' class station (b) 'A' Class station (c) None.

116. The block huts, where line clear may not be given for a train, unless the whole of the last preceding train has passed complete at least 400 metres beyond the Home Signal and is continuing its journey is termed as- (a) ‘C’ class station (b) 'B' class station (c) 'A' Class station.

117. An engine running by itself is termed as- (a) Pilot engine (b) Light engine (c) None.

118. An engine which works a train, ordinary or special over some section of railway is termed as- (a) Train engine (b) Pilot engine (c) None.

119. An engine which runs by itself in advance of and to Pilot a special or ordinary train is termed as- (a) Pilot engine (b) Shunting engine (c) None.

120. An engine sent to relieve another engine which has broken down is termed as- (a) Pilot engine (b) Light engine (c) Relief engine.

121. How many rubber washer contained in the equipment of guard- (a) 3 (b) 02 (c) 01

122. How many hand signal flags contained in the equipment of guard- (a) 03 (Red-02,Green-01) (b) 02 (Red-01,Green-01) (c) 04 (Red-02,Green-02).

123. How many detachable LV board contained in the equipment of guard- (a) 01 LV board (b) 02 LV board (c) 03 LV board

124. How many flashing tail lamp contained in the equipment of guard- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03

125. How many detonators contained in the equipment of guard- (a) 10 detonators (b) 12 detonators (c) 08 detonators.

126. How many resetting key for LHB coach contained in the equipment of guard- (a) 01 resetting key (b) 02 resetting key (c) 03 resetting key

127. Whose equipment includes a cross belt and a whistle- (a) Goods Guard (b) Guard of passenger carrying trains (c) Sr. Goods Guard.

128. What is the normal life of detonators- (a) 05 years (b) 07 years (c) 10 years.

129. What is the maximum life of detonators- (a) 08 years (b) 07 years (c) 10 years.

130. What is the full form of VTO- (a) Visibility test object (b) Visual test object (c) None.

131. What is the full form of MACL- (a) Multiple aspect clear light (b) Multiple aspect colour light (c) None.

132. What is the full form of MAUQ- (a) Multiple aspect upper quadrant (b) Multitask aspect upper quadrant (c) None.

133. What is the full form of TACL- (a) Two aspect colour light (b) Two aspect clear light (c) None.

134. What is the full form of TALQ- (a) Three aspect lower quadrant (b) Two aspect lower quadrant (c) None.

135. What is the full form of SWR- (a) Station working rule (b) Station works rule (c) None.

136. How many dead Loco can be attached with a train- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03.

137. In case of passenger carrying train where the dead locomotive can be accommodated to attach-

(a) Anywhere in train (b) Next to train engine (c) Cannot be attached.

138. By whom will the dead locomotive be escorted- (a) Person not lower than assistant loco pilot (b) Person not lower than Goods Guard (c) None

139. What will be the speed of a material train when the engine is pushing and the brake van is leading in a straight line- (a) 25 kmph (b) 15kmph (c) 05 kmph.

140. What will be the normal speed of a material train when the engine is pushing and the break van is leading where gradient is steeper than 1 in 150- (a) 10 kmph (b) 15 kmph (c) 08 kmph

141. During working of material train when brake van is leading and engine is pushing, where the Guard will travel -(a) In leading brake Van (b) In engine (c) Pilot in advance.

142. How many track machines will be allowed to work in a block section- (a) maximum four (b) Maximum three (c) Maximum five.

143. What will be the minimum distance between the Track Machine and the Tower Wagon during Work in block- (a) 200 metres (b) 150 meters (c) 100 meters.

144. What will be the minimum distance between the material train and the track machine during working in block- (a) 100 meters (b) 400 meters (c) 500 metres.

145. How many detonators are contained in a case of detonators- (a) 10 (b) 08 (c) 12.

146. In foggy weather, how the all right signal shall be exchanged- (a) By waving green hand flag (b) By waving green hand light (c) None.

147. How the all right signals shall be exchanged in EMU between Guard and Loco pilot- (a) By ringing Bell (b) Through Walkie-Talkie (c) None.

148. Will the guard of air conditioned guard compartment of Rajdhani and other trains acknowledge the all right signal of station staff- (a) No (b) Yes (c) Must.

149. When a train has been kept a standing at the first stop signal without an apparent cause, after How much time the driver cell sound one continuous long whistle to warn guard- (a) 15 minutes (b) 05 minutes (c) 10 minutes.

150. When a train has been kept a standing at the first stop signal, after how much time the guard shall proceed to protect the rear of the train- (a) 15 minutes (b) 05 minutes (c) 10 minutes.

151. What is the prescribed whistle code for "before starting engine for a train from station" - (a) Two short and one long (b) Three short (c) One long one short whistle.

152. The "WL" whistle board shall be provided at how much distance on the approach of manned/ unmanned level crossing- (a) 600 metres (b) 800 metres (c) 500 metres.

153. The RWL whistle board shall be provided at how much distance from a level crossing in either direction- (a) 500 metres (b) 250 metres (c) 400 metres.

154. What will be the colour of whistle board- (a) Yellow (b) Red (c) White.

155. How many copies of form T/609 are prepared- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03

156.How many copies of form T/369(1) are prepared- (a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03.

157. Who issues special instructions? – (a) Chief Safety Officer (b) Principal Chief Operations Manager/ Authorised Officer (c) None of the above.

158. How many chapters there are in GR and SR book- (a) 18 (b) 15 (c) 17

159.Which among the following is not a means of isolation- (a) Sand hump (b) Derailing switch (c) Clamp

160. Which block station is of both manned and unmanned- (a) ‘C’ class station (b) ‘B’ class station (c) ‘A’ class station

161. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signals at ‘A’ class station – (a) Warner Home and starter (b) Distant , Home and Starter (c) Outer and Home.

162. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signals at ‘C’ class station equipped with two aspect signals- (a) Warner, Home, Starter and Adv. Starter (b) Warner and Home (c) None of the above.

163. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signals at ‘C’ class station equipped with multiple aspect signals - (a) Distant and home (b) Distant, Home , Starter and Adv. Starter (c) None of the above.

164. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signal at ‘B’ class station on double line equipped with two aspect signals- (a) Outer ,Home and Starter (b) Distant, Home , Starter and Adv. Starter (c) Outer and Home.

165. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signals at ‘B’ class station on double line with multiple aspect signals- (a) Distant, Home and Starter (b) Distant and Home (c) Outer and Home.

166. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signals at ‘B’ class station on single line equipped with two aspect signals- (a) Outer and home (b) Outer , Home and Starter (c) None of the above.

167. What are the minimum equipment of fixed signals at ‘B’ class station on single line equipped with multiple aspect signals- (a) Distant and home and starter (b) Distant and Home (c) None of the above.

168. Station section must be provided on- (a) A class station (b) B class station (c) C class station.

169. Overlapping section may be provided on- (a) class station (b) B class station (c) C class station.

170. Undefined section may be provided on - (a) A class station (b) B class station (c) C class station.

171. The point indicator is provided with- (a) only green light /target (b) only white light/ target (c) Both a & b.

172. The Trap indicator is provided with- (a) only red light/ target (b) only green light /target (c) Both a & b.

173. The axle counter is provided – (a) on line (b) in the panel room (c) at the cabin of the station.

174. The portion of railway , which is under the control of a station master and situated between the outer most signals of the station is- (a) Station limit (b) Station section (c) Overlapping section.

175. Which one of the following is a non-block station? (a) A class station (b) B class station (c) D class station.

176. The full form of BSLB is- (a) Block Section Limit Board (b) Board of Station limit at B class station (c) Block shunting limit Board.

177. The BSLB may be provided on which class of station- (a) ‘B’ class station on single line equipped with two aspect signals. (b) ‘B’ class station on double line equipped withmultiple aspect signals. (c) B’ class station on single line equipped with multiple aspect signals..

178. At B’ class station on double line equipped with MACL/MAUQ, where first point is trailing or where, no point exists in approaching direction, which among the following will be provided to demark the block section and station section- (a) BSLB (b) SLB (c) Passenger warning Board.

179. The full form of SLB is- (a) Section Limit Board (b) Shunting Limit Board (c) Both a & b .

180. The electrical device which , when provided at two given points on the track, proves by counting axles in and out, whether the section of the track between the said two points is clear or occupied, is- (a) Track Circuit (b) Axle Counter (c) Circuit Breaker.

181. What shall be the authority to proceed at ‘B’ class station on single line where Tokenless Block Instrument is provided-

(a) The ‘Off’ aspect of Home signal (b) The ‘Off’ aspect of First Stop Signal (c) The ‘Off’ aspect of Last Stop Signal.

182. What shall be the authority to proceed at ‘B’ class station on single line where Token Block Instrument is provided- (a) The ‘Off’ aspect of Home signal (b) The ‘Off’ aspect of First Stop Signal (c) Token or Tablet.

183. Who among the following is not a railway official- (a) PCOM (b) CSO (c) CRS.

184. Which one of the following is not a train- (a) Engine (b) Tower Wagon (c) Neither a nor b.

185. IBP is an unmanned station- (a) ‘D’ class (b) ‘C’ class (c) Spl. class.

186. The speed allowed in Std-iv interlocking is upto- (a) 100 kmph (b) 110 kmph (c) 140 kmph (d) 160 kmph.

187. The isolation is not compulsory in- (a) Std-I interlocking (b) Std-II interlocking (c) Std-III interlocking.

188. The Whistle Code for “Alarm Chain pulling”- (a) One long Two short (b) Two short, one long (c) Three short.

189. How many System of working there are in Indian railway- (a) 05 (b) 06 (c) 08.

190. The whistle code for “Train parting” is- (a) One long Two short (b) One long, One short, One long, One short. (c) Two Short.

191. The train intended for the carriage of passengers , animals and goods is- (a) Material Train (b) Mixed Train (c) Passenger carrying Train.

192. An arrangement of signals, points and other appliances, operated from a panel or lever frame, so interconnected by mechanical locking or electrical locking or both that their operation must take place in proper sequence to ensure safety is-

(a) Interlocking (b) Isolation (c) Connection.

193. Including Engine crew, how many authorised persons may travel in the engine - (a) 04 (b) 05 (c) 03.

194.Excluding Guard, how many authorised persons may travel in the brake van of Coaching trains- (a) 05 (b) 04 (c) 03.

195.Excluding Guard, how many authorised persons may travel in the brake van of Goods trains- (a) 05 (b) 04 (c) 03.

196. The form No. for “ Authority to pass Automatic/Semi Automatic/Manually Operated/Gate signals” is- (a) T/B912 (b) T/A912 (c) T/C912.

197. The form No. for “Authority to proceed without line clear on Automatic Block Signalling

Section” is- (a) T/B912 (b) T/A912 (c) T/C912.

198. The form No. for “Authority to proceed for Relief Engine/Train into an Automatic Block Signalling Section” is- (a) T/B912 (b) T/A912 (c) T/C912.

199. The form No. for “Authority to proceed on Automatic Block System during prolong failure of signals” is- (a) T/B912 (b) T/D912 (c) T/C912.

200. How many copies of form T/B409 are prepared-? (a) 02 copies (b) 03 copies (c) 04 copies.

Note: Answers is in Bold.

Series-II

1. Hkkjrh; jsyos esa fdrus tksu gS

(a) 16 (b) 9 (c) 17 (d) 18

How many zones in Indian Railway

(a) 16 (b) 9 (c) 17 (d) 18

2 Hkkjrh; jsyos esa u;k tksu dkSu lk cuk;k x;k gS

¼d½ dksydkrk esVªks

¼[k½ e/; jsyos

¼x½ iwoZ jsyos

¼?k½ lkmFk

dksLV jsyosNewly established zone in Indian Railway

(a) Kolkata metro

(b) West Central Railway

(c) East Railway

(d) South Coast Railway

3 lkmFk dksLV jsyos dk eq[;ky; gS

¼d½ dksydkrk

¼[k½ fldanjkckn

¼x½ gqcyh ¼?k½ fo'kk[kkiV~

ueHeadquarter of South Coast Railway (SCOR)

(a) Kolkata (b)Secundrabad (c) Hubli (d) Visakhapat

nam4 iwoZ e/; jsyos dk

eq[;ky; gS¼d½

gkthiqj¼[k½

xksj[kiqj¼x½dksydkr

k¼?k½

dksbZ ughaHeadquarter of East Central Railway

(a) Hajipur (b) Gorakhapur (c)Kolkata (d) None

5 iwoZ e/; jsy esa fdrus eaMy gS

¼d½ 03 rhu ¼[k½ 05 ikap ¼x½ 04 pkj ¼?k½ 02 nks

How many division in East Central Railway

(a) 03 (three) (b) 05 (five) (c) 04 (four) (d) 02 (two)

6 iwoZ e/; jsy ds orZeku egkçca/kd dkSu gS

¼d½ Jh ,y-lh-f=osnh

¼[k½ Jh ,l-ds- >k

¼x½ Jh fo".kq dqekj

¼?k½ Jh ,-ds- >k

General Manager of East Central Railway

(a) Sri L.C. Trivedi

(b) Sri S.K. Jha (c) Sri Vishnu Kumar

(d) Sri A.K. Jha

7 LVs'ku dk;Z fu;e dkSu cukrs gS

(a) Sr. DSO (b) CSO (c) COM (d) Sr. DOM + Sr. DSTE

Station working rule is made by

(a) Sr. DSO (b) CSO (c) COM (d) Sr. DOM + Sr. DSTE

8 dk;Z dkj.kh le; lkj.kh dkSu cukrs gS

(a) CCM (b) Sr. DOM (c) Sr. DSO (d) COM

WTT(Working Time Table) issue by

(a) CCM (b) Sr. DOM (c) Sr. DSO (d) COM

9 LVs'ku dk;Z fu;e dh oS|rk gksrh gS

¼d½ rhu lky

¼[k½ pkj lky ¼x½ ikap lky

¼?k½ lkr lky

Validity of Station Working rule is

(a) 3 years (b) 4 years (c) 5 years (d) 7 years

10 LVs'ku lapkyu fu;e esa vf/kdre fdruk lalks/ku gks ldrs gS

(a) rhu (b) pkj (c) ikap (d) nks

Maximum correction can be done in SWR is

(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 2

11 vuqeksfnr vkns'k dkSu cukrs gS

(a) CRS (b) COM (c) GM (d) Sr. DOM

Special Instruction is made by

(a) CRS (b) COM (c) GM (d) Sr. DOM

12 lkekU; fu;e dkSu cukrs gS

(a) Railway Board

(b) CRS (c) COM (d) GM

General rules is made by (a) Railway Board

(b) CRS (c) COM (d) GM

13 lgk;d fu;e dkSu cukrs gS

(a) COM (b) CRS (c) CSO (d) GM

Subsidiary rules are issued by

(a) COM (b) CRS (c) CSO (d) GM

14 fo'ks"k vuqeksfnr vkns'k dkSu cukrs gS

(a) COM (b) CSO (c) CRS (d) CCM

Approved special instruction is made by

(a) COM (b) CSO (c) CRS (d) CCM

15 LV (last vehicle) dk jax gksrk gS

¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ mtyk ¼?k½ ihyk

Colour of LV board is (a) Red (b) Black (c) White (d) Yellow16 LV 'kCn fdl jax ls

fy[kk gksrk gS¼d½ yky ¼x½ mtyk ¼[k½ dkyk ¼?k½ ihyk

Letter LV is written in which colour

(a) Red (b) White (c) Black (d) Yellow

17 gkFk 'kafVax dh xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ 5 fdeh ¼[k½ 10 fdeh ¼x½ 15 fdeh ¼?k½ 20 fdeh

Hand shunting speed is (a) 5 kmph (b) 10 kmph (c) 15 kmph (d) 20 kmph18 'kafVax dh vf/kdre

xfr gksrh gS¼d½ 5 fdeh ¼[k½ 15 fdeh ¼x½ 30 fdeh ¼?k½ 10

fdehMaximum speed of shunting is

(a) 5 kmph (b) 15 kmph (c) 30 kmph (d) 10 kmph

19 BSLB cksMZ yxk, tkrs gS

¼d½ flaxy ykbu esa

¼[k½ Mcy ykbu esa

¼x½ nksuksa esa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

BSLB board is provide in (a) Single line (b) Double line (c) Both (d) None20 SLB ¼'kafVax fyfeV

cksMZ½ yxk, tkrs gS¼d½ Mcy ykbu esa

¼[k½ flaxy ykbu esa

¼x½ nksuksa esa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

SLB (Shunting Limit Board) is provided in

(a) Double line

(b) Single line (c) Both (d) None

21 Broad Gauge (BG) esa gkYV ls fdrus nwjh ij ‘H’ cksMZ yxk, tkrs gS

¼d½ 800 eh-

¼[k½ 600 eh- ¼x½ 1200 eh-

¼?k½ 900 eh-

In Broad Gauge distance of ‘H’ board from Halt is

(a) 800 m (b) 600 m (c) 1200 m (d) 900 m

22 IBP (Intermediate Block Home) gksrk gS

¼d½ jksd flxuy

¼[k½ csjksd flxuy

¼x½ lgk;d flxuy

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

IBP (Intermediate Block Home) is a

(a) Stop signal

(b) Permissive signal

(c)subsidiary signal

(d) None

23 IBP yxk, tkrs gS ¼d½ Mcy ykbu esa

¼[k½ flaxy ykbu esa

¼x½ nksuksa esa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

IBP provided in (a) Double line

(b) Single line (c) Both (d) None

24 IBP ij ekdZj yxk gksrk gS

(a) IB (b) C (c) P (d) R

Marker on IBP is (a) IB (b) C (c) P (d) R25 vuqKkRed ;k csjksd

flxuy ij ekdZj gksrk gS

(a) C (b) A (c) P (d) None

Marker on permissive signal is

(a) C (b) A (c) P (d) None

26 jsy laj{kk vk;qä (CRS) fdl ea=ky; ds varxZr vkrs gS

¼d½jsy ea=ky;

¼[k½ x`g ea=ky;

¼x½ ukxfjd mì;u ea=ky;

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Commissioner of Railway Safety (CRS) comes under which ministry

(a) Rail ministry

(b) Home ministry

(c)Civilaviation ministry

(d) None

27

28 ART fudkyus ds fy, tgk¡ flXuy ,fDlV gS fnu esa fu/kkZfjr le; gS

¼d½ 15 feuV

¼[k½ 20 feuV ¼x½ 30 feuV ¼?k½ 45 feuV

ART turn out time during day is

(a) 15 minutes

(b) 20 minutes (c) 30 minutes (d) 45 minutes

29 ART fudkyus ds fy, tgk¡ flXuy ,fDlV gS jkr esa fu/kkZfjr le; gS

¼d½ 20 feuV


ART turn out time during night is

(a) 20 minutes


30 ,dy fudkl esa MRT fudkyus dk fu/kkZfjr le; gS

¼d½ 15 feuV


MRT turn out time in case of single exist is

(a) 15 minutes


31 gkse flxuy gS ¼d½ jksd ¼[k½ csjksd ¼x½ lgk;d ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Home Signal is a (a) Stop (b) Permissive (c) Subsidiary (d) None32 LVkVZj flxuy gS ¼d½ vkxeu ¼[k½ çLFkku ¼x½

nksuksa¼?k½

dksbZ ughaStarter signal is a (a)Approach (b) Departure (c) Both (d) None

33 ,Mokal LVkVZj flxuy gS

¼d½ vkxeu ¼[k½ çLFkku ¼x½ nksuksa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Advance starter is a (a)Approach (b) Departure (c) Both (d) None34 dkfyax v‚u flxuy ij

ekdZj gksrk gS(a) P (b) C (c) R (d) G

Calling ON Signal has marker

(a) P (b) C (c) R (d) G

35 Cy‚d Q‚joMZ gksrs gS ¼d½ flaxy ykbu esa

¼[k½ Mcy ykbu esa

¼x½ nksuksa esa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Block forward is applicable in

(a) Single line (b) Double line (c) Both (d) None

36 nksgjh fudkl esa MRT fudkyus dk fu/kkZfjr le; gS

¼d½ 15 feuV


MRT turn out time in case of double exist is

(a) 15 minutes


37 iVk[kk dh vk;q gksrh gS

¼d½ 5 lky ¼[k½ 10 lky ¼x½ 7 lky ¼?k½ 3 lky

Life of detonators is (a) 5 years (b) 10 years (c) 7 years (d) 3 years38 4 pDds okys Vkoj

oSxu dh vf/kdre xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ 30 fdeh

¼[k½ 40 fdeh ¼x½ 70 fdeh ¼?k½ 100 fdeh

Maximum speed of 4 (a) 30 kmph (b) 40 kmph (c) 70 kmph (d) 100 kmph

wheeler tower wagon is 39 8 pDds okys Vkoj

oSxu dh vf/kdre xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ 40 fdeh


Maximum speed of 8 wheeler tower wagon is


40 lrdZrk vkns'k Q‚eZ gS

(a) T/509 (b) T/409 (c) T/511 (d) T/512

Caution order form is (a) T/509 (b) T/409 (c) T/511 (d) T/51241 'kafVax vkns'k Q‚eZ

gS(a) T/409 (b) T/509 (c) T/806 (d) T/511

Shunting order form is (a) T/409 (b) T/509 (c) T/806 (d) T/51142 fuy lrdZrk vkns'k

Q‚eZ gS(a) T/409 (b) T/A 409 (c) T/B 409 (d) T/806

Nil caution order form is (a) T/409 (b) T/A 409 (c) T/B 409 (d) T/80643 Hkkjr esa lcls yEch

nwjh dh Vªsu gS¼d½

fgelkxj ,Dlçsl

¼[k½ foosd ,Dlçsl

¼x½ xksYMu

VsEiy ,Dlçsl

¼?k½ ex/k ,Dlçsl

Longest distance train in India is

(a) Himsagar Express

(b) Vivek Express

(c) Golden temple express

(d) Magadh Express

44 vo#) ykbu esa xkMh ysus ds fy, Q‚eZ tkjh fd;k tkrk gS

(a) T/509 (b) T/409 (c) T/511 (d) T/512

To receive a train on an obstructed line which form is used

(a) T/509 (b) T/409 (c) T/511 (d) T/512

45 u‚u flxuy ykbu ls xkMh [kqyokus ds fy, Q‚eZ tkjh fd;k tkrk gS

(a) T/509 (b) T/511 (c) T/512 (d) T/409

Form used to dispatch a train from non signal is

(a) T/509 (b) T/511 (c) T/512 (d) T/409

46 d‚'ku cksMZ xfr çfrcaf/kr {ks= ls fdrus nwjh ij gksrk gS

¼d½ 1200 eh-

¼[k½ 600 eh- ¼x½ 800 eh- ¼?k½ 400 eh-

Distance of caution board from speed restriction zone is

(a) 1200 m (b) 600 m (c) 800 m (d) 400 m

47 1 in 12 VuZ vkmV esa xkMh dh xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ 15 fdeh


The speed of the train in 1 in 12 turn out is


48 u‚u baVjy‚DM i‚baV ij xkMh dh vf/kdre xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ 30 fdeh


Speed of train over non interlocked point is


49 1:81/2 VuZ vkmV esa xkMh dh xfr gksrh gS


The speed of the train in 1 in 81/2 turn out is


50 fMLVsaV flxuy dh ¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ yky ¼x½ nks ¼?k½ gjk

lkekU; voLFkk gS ihyk ihykNormal aspect of distant signal is

(a) One Yellow

(b) Red (c) Two Yellow (d) Green

51 ACP dk flVh dksM gS (a) -- (b) 00 (c) 00- (d) -00 Whistle code for ACP is (a) -- (b) 00 (c) 00- (d) -00

52 Fouling Mark tke dk flVh dksM gS

(a) 00 (b) 00- (c) -- (d) -00

Whistle code for Fouling Mark jammed is

(a) 00 (b) 00- (c) -- (d) -00

53 'kafVax vkns'k Q‚eZ fdrus d‚ih esa cuk;s tkrs gS

¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ nks ¼?k½ ,d

Shunting order form prepare in how many copy

(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 1

54 lrdZrk vkns'k Q‚eZ dk jax gksrk gS

¼d½ yky ¼[k½ gjk ¼x½ Cyw ¼?k½ CySd

Colour of form caution order is

(a) Red (b) Green (c) Blue (d) Black

55 Q‚eZ T/369(3B) dk jax gksrk gS

¼d½ yky ¼[k½ gjk ¼x½ Cyw ¼?k½ CySd

Colour of form T/369(3B) is

(a) Red (b) Green (c) Black (d) Blue

56 xzqi ‘D’ LVkQ ds fy, vk'oklu jftLVj gS

(a) Misc 336 (b) Misc 335 (c) Misc 337 (d) Misc 338

Assurance register for Group ‘D’ staff is

(a) Misc 336 (b) Misc 335 (c) Misc 337 (d) Misc 338

57 RW/L cksMZ ekuo jfgr ikVd ls fdruh nwjh ij gksrh gS

¼d½ 250 eh-

¼[k½ 500 eh- ¼x½ 600 eh- ¼?k½ 800 eh-

Distance of RW/L board from unmanned level crossing gate is

(a) 250 m (b) 500 m (c) 600 m (d) 800 m

58 iSlsatj okfuaZx cksMZ çFke jksd flxuy ls fdruh nwjh ij gksrk gS

¼d½ 1200 eh-

¼[k½ 1000 eh-

¼x½ 960 eh- ¼?k½ 600 eh-

Placement of passenger warning board from first stop signal

(a) 1200 m (b) 1000 m (c) 960 m (d) 600 m

59 ‘C’ Dykl LVs'ku gksrs gS


¼[k½ Mcy ykbu esa

¼x½ nksuksa esa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

‘C’ class station is in (a) Single line (b) Double line (c) Both (d) None60 fufEUyf[kr esa dkSu

nq?kZVuk dk dkj.k gS¼d½ Hot

Axle¼[k½

Breaking of coupling

¼x½ Hanging Rod

¼?k½ All of above

Which of the following is a cause of accident

(a) Hot Axle (b) Breaking of coupling

(c) Hanging Rod

(d) All of above

61 lHkh LVs'kuks esa tgk¡ LVS.MMZ I bZUVjy‚dM gS Qsflax i‚baV ij xkMh dh xfr

¼d½ 50 fdeh


gksxhAt all Standard I interlocked stations the speed over facing point is


62 cz‚M xst ykbu dh pkSM+kbZ gksrh gS

¼d½ 1.676 eh-

¼[k½ 1 eh- ¼x½ 0.76 eh-

¼?k½ 0.62 eh-

Width of Broad gauge line is

(a) 1.676 m (b) 1 m (c) 0.76 m (d) 0.62 m

63 WTT tkjh fd;k tkrk gS ¼d½ lky esa ,d ckj

¼[k½ lky esa nks ckj

¼x½ lky esa rhu ckj

¼?k½ lky esa pkj ckj

WTT will be issued (a) Once in a year

(b) Twice in a year

(c) thrice in a year

(d) four in a year

64 csukeh lsD'ku fdl Dykl ds LVs'ku esa gksrk gS

¼d½ A Dykl ¼[k½ B Dykl ¼x½ C Dykl ¼?k½ D Dykl

Which class station undefined section is found

(a) A class (b) B class (c) C class (d) D class

65 LVs'ku lsD'ku fdl Dykl ds LVs'ku esa gksrk gS

¼d½ B Dykl

¼[k½ C Dykl ¼x½ D Dykl ¼?k½ A Dykl

Station section is found on which class station

(a) B class (b) C class (c) D class (d) A class

66 vksoj ySfiax lsD'ku fdl Dykl ds LVs'ku esa gksrk gS

¼d½ C Dykl

¼[k½ D Dykl ¼x½ B Dykl ¼?k½ A Dykl

Overlapping section is found on which class station

(a) C class (b) D class (c) B class (d) A class

67 dkfyax v‚u flxuy gS ¼d½ jksd ¼[k½ lgk;d ¼x½ udyh ¼?k½ csjksd

Calling On signal is (a) Stop (b) Subsidiary (c) Duplicate (d) Permissive 68 SWR esa fdrus ifjf'k"V

gksrs gS¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ ikap ¼?k½ lkr

How many appendix in SWR

(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 7

69 (SLB) 'kafVax fyfeV cksMZ yxk gksrk gS


¼[k½ Mcy ykbu esa

¼x½ nksuksa esa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

SLB (shunting limit board) provide in

(a) Single line (b) Double line (c) Both (d) None

70 SWR ds ifjf'k"V ‘A’ esa of.kZr jgrk gS

¼d½ vko';d midj.k

¼[k½ IBH ¼x½ MîwVh ¼?k½ leikj QkVd

Appendix ‘A’ in SWR related with

(a) Essential equipment

(b) IBH (c) Duty (d) Level crossing gate

71 VDdj dks nq?kZVuk dgk tkrk gS

¼d½ lkadsfrd

¼[k½ ifj.kkeh ¼x½ voiFku ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Collision is an accident (a) Indicative (b)Consequential

(c) Derailment (d) None

72 fuokfjr VDdj & nq? ¼d½ ¼[k½ ¼x½ flxuy ¼?k½

kZVuk dgk tkrk gS voiFku lkadsfrd foQyrk dksbZ ughaAverted Collision is called an accident

(a) Derailment

(b) Indicative (c) Signal failure

(d) None

73 tgk¡ 1 in 8 VuZ vkmV gks ogka xkMh dh xfr gksxh


The speed of a train where turnout 1 in 8 is


74 [kjkc vkxeu jksd flxuy dks ikl djus dk vfxze çkf/kdkj Q‚eZ gS

(a) T/369(1) (b) T/369(3B) (c) T/409 (d) T/806

Advance authority form to pass defective approach (reception) signal is

(a) T/369(1) (b) T/369(3B) (c) T/409 (d) T/806

75 fjekbaMj lrdZrk vkns'k Q‚eZ gS

(a) T/409 (b) T/B 409 (c) T/A 409 (d) T/806

Reminder caution order form is

(a) T/409 (b) T/B 409 (c) T/A 409 (d) T/806

76 leQkj QkVd nq?kZVuk gS

¼d½ ifj.kkeh

¼[k½ lkadsfrd

¼x½ nksuksa

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Level crossing gate accident is

(a) consequential

(b) Indicative (c) Both (d) None

77 flaxy ykbu esa SLB fdlds fodYi ds :i esa yxk, tkrs gS

¼d½ LVkVZj

¼[k½ gkse ¼x½ 'kaV ¼?k½ ,Mokal

LVkVZjSLB Board placed in single line as a substitute of

(a) Starter (b) Home (c) Shunt (d) Advance starter

78 jsyos cksMZ ds orZeku v/;{k gS

¼d½ Jh vf'ouh

yksgkuh

¼[k½ Jh ,s-ds-feÙky

¼x½ Jh oh-ds-;kno

¼?k½ bues ls dksbZ

ughaWho is the present chairman of Railway Board

(a) Sri Aswini Lohani

(b) Sri A.K. Mittal

(c) Sri V.K. Yadav

(d) None of these

79 i;kZIr nwjh ls rkRi;Z ml nwjh ls gS

¼d½ Vªsu dks jksdus

ds fy,

¼[k½ flxuy ns[kus ds fy,

¼x½ laj{kk lqfuf'pr ds

fy,

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Adequate distance is the distance required for

(a) Breaking a train

(b) Sighting a signal

(c) Ensuring safety

(d) None

80 cgqladrh flxuy O;oLFkk esa flxuy ds fdrus ladsr gksrk gS

¼d½ rhu ladsr

¼[k½ pkj ladsr

¼x½ nks ls T;knk ladsr

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

In Multiple aspects signal how many aspect of signal is

(a) Three aspect

(b) Four aspect (c) More than two aspect

(d) None

81 l{ke jsy deZpkjh ls rkRi;Z gS

¼d½ ,d dk;Zdq'ky

jsyos deZpkjh

¼[k½ iw.kZr% lk{kj jsyos

deZpkjh

¼x½ jsyos deZpkjh

¼?k½ tks nwljs ds txg dke djrk gS

Competent railway servant means

(a) An efficient Railway servant

(b) A duly qualified

railway servant

(c) Railway servant who is called upon to

work

(d) Vice another Railway servant

82 IBP ls rkRi;Z gS ¼d½ Cy‚d gV

¼[k½ ‘D’ Dykl LVs'ku

¼x½ ekuojfgr ‘C’ Dykl LVs'ku

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

IBP means (a) Block hut (b) ‘D’ class station

(c) unmanned ‘C’ class station

(d) None

83 jksd flxuy dh lkekU; voLFkk gksrh gS

¼d½ lrdZrk ¼[k½ vkxs c<+ks

¼x½ /;ku ¼?k½ jksdks

The normal aspect of stop signal is

(a) Caution (b) Proceed (c) Attention (d) Stop

84 Hkkjr jsyos esa fdrus çdkj dh dk;Z i}fr;k¡ gS

¼d½ lkr ¼[k½ N% ¼x½ vkB ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

The number of system of working in force of Indian Railways are

(a) Seven (b) Six (c) Eight (d) None

85 LVs'ku lhek ds vanj fLFkr leikj QkVd fdlds fu;a=.k esa gksrk gS

¼d½ LVs'ku ekLVj

¼[k½ PWI ¼x½ ladsr fujh{kd

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

A level crossing gate situated within station limit shall be controlled by

(a) SM (b) PWI (c) Signal Inspector

(d) None

86 Mcy ykbu esa iw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij çkf/kdkj tkjh fd;k tkrk gS

(a) T/A 602 (b) T/B 602 (c) T/C 602 (d) T/D 602

During total failure of communication in double line the authority to proceed is issued

(a) T/A 602 (b) T/B 602 (c) T/C 602 (d) T/D 602

87 okguksa dks lqjf{kr fd;k tk,xk

¼d½ jsyos iVjh ij Lyhij vkSj fxêh

j[kdj

¼[k½ ls¶Vh psu }kjk

¼x½ xqV[kk }kjk

¼?k½ mijksä

‘B’ vkSj ‘C’ nksuksa

Securing of vehicles shall done by

(a) keeping sleeper or

ballast on the rail

(b) safety chain (c) skid (d) Both B & C

88 xkM+h [kqyokus ds fy, Mªkboj dks gkFk flxuy fdlds }kjk fn;k tkrk gS

¼d½ LVs'ku ekLVj

¼[k½ xkMZ ¼x½ iksVZj ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Hand signal for starting of train is to be given to the driver by whom

(a) Station master

(b) Guard (c) Porter (d) None

89 Lopkfyr jksd flxuy dh ¼d½ /;ku ¼[k½ ¼x½ vkxs ¼?k½ jksd

lkekU; voLFkk gksrh gS

lko/kkuh c<+ks

Generally the normal aspect of an automatic stop signal is

(a) Attention (b) Caution (c) Proceed (d) Stop

90 fcuk çLFkku çkf/kdkj ds vkus okyh xkM+h dks ysus ds fy, tkjh fd;k tk,xk

(a) T/369(3B) (b) T/409 (c) T/369(1) (d) T/509

A train coming without authority to proceed is to be received on

(a) T/369(3B) (b) T/409 (c) T/369(1) (d) T/509

91 Q‚x flxuy iksLV fdl flxuy ls 270 eh- igys yxk;k tkrk gS

¼d½ vkmVj flxuy

ls

¼[k½ çFke jksd flxuy ls

¼x½ lcls ckgjh flxuy

ls

¼?k½ gkse flxuy ls

The fog signal post is erected at 270 meters away in rear of which signal

(a) Outer Signal

(b) First stop signal

(c) Outer most signal

(d) Home Signal

92 nksgjh ykbu esa iw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij Vªsuksa ds ifjpkyu dk le; varjky gksxk

¼d½ 15 eh- ¼[k½ 20 eh- ¼x½ 25 eh- ¼?k½ 30 eh-

During the interruption of communication on double line the time interval between trains shall be

(a) 15 meters (b) 20 meters (c) 25 meters (d) 30 meters

93 nksgjh ykbu ij flaxy ykbu dk;Z ç.kkyh vkjEHk gksus ij çFke Vªsu dh lsD'ku esa xfr çfrcaf/kr gksxh


After introducing single line working on double line system speed restriction for the first train over the section is


94 lkekU;r% ifjek.k oLrq (VTO) dh nwjh LVs'ku fcfYMax ls fdruh nwjh ij gksrk gS

¼d½ 270 eh-

¼[k½ 180 eh- ¼x½ 1200 eh-

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Generally the minimum distance of a visibility test object (VTO) from the centre of the station building is

(a) 270 metre (b) 180 metre (c) 1200 metre (d) None

95 ,d fMCck esa fdrus iVk[kk gksrs gSa

¼d½ ikap ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ N% ¼?k½ nl

How many detonators in a packet (tin case)

(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 10

96 Mcy/flaxy ykbu ds ¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½

leikj QkVd ij fdrus yky gkFk flxuy >aMk jguk pkfg,

dksbZ ugha

Number of hand signal flag red should be available at L.C. gate on Double/single line.

(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) None

97 flaxy ykbu ‘B’ Dykl LVs'ku esa ,Mokal LVkVZj dk D;k fodYi gS

¼d½ iSlsatj okfuaZx cksMZ

¼[k½ 'kafVax fyfeV cksMZ

¼x½ xqM~l okfuaZx cksMZ

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Substitute of advance starter in single line ‘B’ class station is

(a) Passenger warning board

(b)Shunting limit board

(c) Goods warning board

(d)None

98 jkt/kkuh] 'krkCnh] nqjarks ,Dlçsl esa fdl çdkj dk batu fdlh Hkh ifjfLFkfr esa ugha yxk;k tk ldrk gS

¼d½ dk;Zjr Mhty batu

¼[k½ dk;Zjr bysfDVªd

batu

¼x½ MsM batu ¼e`r

batu½

¼?k½ mijksä esa dksbZ ugha

In Rajdhani, Shatabdi, Duronto express which type of engine can not attached under any circumstances

(a) Working Diesel

(b) Working Electric Engine

(c) Dead Engine

(d) None of the above

99 ikoj Cy‚d ds nkSjku fdl çdkj dh batu dks pyus dh vuqefr nh tkrh gS

¼d½ Mhty ¼[k½ bysfDVªd

¼x½ nksuksa

bysfDVªd ,oa Mhty

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

During Power Block which type of engines are permitted to run

(a) Diesel (b) Electric (c) Both Diesel & Electric

(d) None

100

i`FkDdj.k dk lcls vPNk lk/ku D;k gS

¼d½ lSaM gai

¼[k½ dSp lkbfMax

¼x½ fLyi lkbfMax


What is best positive method of isolation

(a) Sand Hump

(b) Catch Siding (c) Slip siding (d) None of the above

101

ykbu ds fdl Hkkx dh lqj{kk ,Mokal LVkVZj }kjk fd;k tkrk gS

¼d½ Cy‚d lsD'ku

¼[k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku

¼x½ LVs'ku fyfeV


Which portion of line is protected by advance starter signal

(a) Block section

(b) Station section

(c) Station limit (d) None of the above

102

fdlh Hkh yksM dks LVscy djus ds fy, fdrus ydM+h dk xqV[kk dk ç;ksx fd;k tkrk gS

¼d½ pkj ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

How many wooden Wedges are used for stabling to secure the load.

(a) 04 (b) 02 (c) 03 (d) None of the above

103

‘C’ Dykl LVs'ku ij ykbu fDy;j nsrs le; fdruh nwjh rd lkQ j[kk tkrk gS

¼d½ gkse flxuy rd

¼[k½ gkse flxuy ls 180 eh vkxs rd

¼x½ gkse flxuy ls 400 eh vkxs rd

¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

On ‘C’ class station for granting line clear what distance should be kept clear

(a) Up to Home Signal

(b) 180 m beyond Home

Signal

(c) 400 m beyond Home

Signal


104

dksgjs ds ekSle esa fdrus iVk[ks yxk, tkrs gS

¼d½ nks ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ ,d ¼?k½ pkj

During, the fog how many detonators is used

(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 4

105

Cy‚d lsD'ku esa fdlh Hkh ykbu ds çksVsD'ku djus ds fy, fdrus iVk[ks dk mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gS

¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ nks ¼?k½ ,d

For the protection of any line in block section, how many detonators are used

(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 1

106

fdlh Hkh yksM esa czsdHkku ds ihNs fdrus 08 pDds okyk oSxu tksM+k tk ldrk gS

¼d½ nks ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ ,d ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

How many 08 wheelers wagon may be attached behind the brake van in any loads

(a) 02 (b) 03 (c) 01 (d) None of the above

107

leikj QkVd ij xsV vksiu Vw jksM VªSfQd dk vFkZ gS

¼d½ xsV lkekU;

voLFkk esa [kqyh jgsxk

¼[k½ xsV lkekU; voLFkk esa can jgsxk

¼x½ xsV flxuy xzhu

ykbV çnf'kZr djsxk

¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

The meaning of open to road traffic on L.C. Gate is

(a) Gate will be opened in

normal condition

(b) Gate will be closed in normal

condition

(c) Gate signal show green

light


108

xsV ds QkVd ds oxhZdj.k ds vuqlkj Lkeikj QkVd fdrus izdkj ds gkrs gS

¼d½ 3 ¼[k½ 2 ¼x½ 4 ¼/k½ 5

How many types of Level Crossing gates are there as per classification

(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 5

109

lhVh cksMZ (W/L) leikj QkVd ls fdrus nwjh ij gksrh gS A

¼d½ 400 eh

¼[k½ 500 eh ¼x½ 600 eh ¼/k½ 700 eh

Distance of whistle board (W/L) from Level crossing gate is.

(a) 400 m (b) 500 m (c) 600 m (d) 700 m

110

cSuj ¶ySx L.C. xsV ls fdrus nqjh ij yxk;k tkrk gS

¼d½ 2 eh ¼[k½ 5 eh ¼x½ 8 eh ¼/k½ 6 eh

Placement of banner flag from L.C. gate is

(a) 2 meter (b) 5 meter (c) 8 meter (d) 6 meter

111

TVU dk iwjk uke ¼d½ Vªsu Oghdy ;wfu

V

¼[k½ VksVy Oghdy ;wfuV

¼x½ VªSfQd Oghdy ;wfuV

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Full form of TVU is (a) Train vehicle unit

(b) Total Vehicle unit

(c) Traffic Vehicle unit

(d) None

112

‘A’ Dykl xsV dk TVU fdruk gksrk gS

¼d½ 50000 ls T;knk

¼[k½ 30000-50000

¼x½ 20000-30000

¼?k½ 20000 ls de

TVU of a ‘A’ class L.C. gate is

(a) More than 50000

(b) 30000-50000

(c) 20000-30000

(d) Less than 20000

113

‘B’ Dykl xsV dk TVU fdruk gksrk gS

¼d½ 20000 ls de

¼[k½ 50000 ls T;knk

¼x½ 20000-30000

¼?k½ 50000 ls de

TVU of a ‘B’ class L.C. gate is

(a) Less than 20000

(b) More than 50000

(c) 20000-30000

(d) Less than 50000

114

‘C’ Dykl xsV dk TVU fdruk gksrk gS

¼d½ 50000 ls T;knk

¼[k½ 30000-50000

¼x½ 20000-30000

¼?k½ 20000 ls de

TVU of a ‘C’ class L.C. gate is

(a) More than 50000

(b) Less than 20000

(c) 30000 (d) 50000

115

Lis'ky Dykl xsV dk TVU fdruk gksrk gS

¼d½ 50000 ls T;knk

¼[k½ 20000 ¼x½ 30000 ¼?k½ 20000 ls de

TVU of a Special class gate is

(a) More than 50000

(b) 20000 (c) 30000 (d) Less than 20000

116

leikj QkVd dk oxhZdj.k dk vk/kkj gS

¼d½ TUV ¼[k½ TVU ¼x½ STV ¼?k½ VTO

Classification of level crossing gate is on the basis of

(a) TUV (b) TVU (c) STV (d) VTO

117

leikj QkVd lM+d ;krk;kr ds fy, [kqyk dh lkekU; voLFkk gksxh

¼d½ [kqyk ¼[k½ can ¼x½ [kqyk ,oa

can

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Normal condition of L.C. Gate open to road traffic is

(a) Open (b) Closed (c) Open & closed

(d) None

118

leikj QkVd lM+d ;krk;kr ds fy, can dh lkekU; voLFkk gksxh

¼d½ [kqyk ,oa

can

¼[k½ can ¼x½ [kqyk ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Normal condition of L.C. Gate closed to road traffic is

(a) Open & closed

(b) Closed (c) Open (d) None

119

VªSfQd xsV fLFkr gksrk gS

¼d½ ckgjh jksd flxuy

ds chp

¼[k½ fMLVsaV

flxuy ds vanj

¼x½ fMLVsaV

flxuy ds ckgj

¼?k½ gkse flxuy ds

ckgjTraffic gate situated in (a) Outer

most stop signal

(b) Inside distant signal

(c) Outside distant signal

(d) Outside Home Signal

120

VªSfQd xsV fdlds foHkkx ds fu;a=.kk/khu esa gksrk gS

¼d½ bathfu;fjax

¼[k½ ifjpkyu ¼x½ def'kZ;y

¼?k½ ;kaf=d

Traffic gate under controlled of which department

(a)Engineering

(b) Operating (c) Commercial (d) Mechanical

121

Cy‚d vksoj ySi dgk¡ ls ekih tkrh gS

¼d½ çFke jksd flxuy

¼[k½ vafre jksd flxuy

¼x½ fMLVsaV

¼?k½ LVkVZj

Block overlap is measured from

(a) First stop signal

(b) Last stop signal

(c) Distant (d) Starter

122

nks ladsrh; flxuy O;oLFkk, ‘B’ Dykl LVs'ku esa Cy‚d vksoj ySi dh nqjh fdruh gksrh gS

¼d½ 180 eh

¼[k½ 120 eh ¼x½ 400 eh ¼?k½ 100 eh

In two aspect signal distance of block overlap in ‘B’ class station is


123

cgq ladsrh; O;oLFkk esa Cy‚d vksoj ySi dh nqjh fdruh gksrh gS ‘B’ Dykl LVs'kuks esa

¼d½ 120 eh

¼[k½ 400 eh ¼x½ 180 eh ¼?k½ 200 eh

In multi aspect signal distance of block overlap in ‘B’ class station is


124

‘C’ Dykl LVs'ku ij nks ladsrh; ,oa cgq ladsrh; O;oLFkk esa Cy‚d vksoj ySi dh nqjh

¼d½ 120-180 eh

¼[k½ 180–100 eh

¼x½ 90–100 eh

¼?k½ 400 eh

Distance of Block overlap at ‘C’ class station in two aspect & multi aspect is

(a) 120 –180 meter

(b) 180–100 meter

(c) 90–100 meter

(d) 400 meter

125

^,^ Dykl LVs'ku dk ykbu fDy;j nsrs le; ykbu dgk¡ rd lkQ jk[kh tkrh gS

¼d½ LVkVZj flxuy

¼[k½ okuZj flxuy

¼x½ gkse flxuy

¼?k½ vkmVj flxuy

Distant that is kept clear at the time of granting line clear at ‘A’ class station up to

(a) Starter Signal

(b) Warner Signal

(c) Home Signal

(d) Outer Signal

126

csukeh lsD'ku fdl Dykl ds LVs'ku ij gksrs gS

¼d½ ‘B’ Dykl

¼[k½ ‘C’ Dykl ¼x½ ‘A’ Dykl ¼?k½ ‘D’ Dykl

In which class station undefined section is found

(a) ‘B’ class (b) ‘C’ class (c) ‘A’ class (d) ‘D’ class

127

vksoj ySfiax lsD'ku fdl Dykl ds LVs'ku ij gksrs gSa

¼d½ ‘A’ Dykl

¼[k½ ‘C’ Dykl ¼x½ ‘B’ Dykl ¼?k½ ‘D’ Dykl

Overlapping section is (a) ‘A’ class (b) ‘C’ class (c) ‘B’ class (d) ‘D’ class

found in which class station.

128

csukeh lsD'ku dh nwjh gksrh gS

¼d½ 120 eh

¼[k½ 180 eh ¼x½ 400 eh ¼?k½ 100 eh

(Length) distance of undefined section is


129

vksoj ySfiax lsD'ku dh nwjh gksrh gS

¼d½ 400 eh

¼[k½ 100 eh ¼x½ 180 eh ¼?k½ 120 eh

Distance (length) of overlapping section is


130

LVs'ku lsD'ku fdl Dykl ds LVs'ku ij gksrk gS

¼d½ ‘C’ Dykl

¼[k½ ‘A’ Dykl ¼x½ ‘D’ Dykl ¼?k½ ‘B’ Dykl

Station section found in which class of station

(a) ‘C’ class (b) ‘A’ class (c) ‘D’ class (d) ‘B’ class

131

nks ladsrh; O;oLFkk esa ^ch^ Dykl Mcy ykbu esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds fy, ykbu dgk¡ rd lkQ gksuh pkfg,

¼d½ gkse ¼[k½ vkmVj ¼x½ LVkVZj ¼?k½ ,Mokal

LVkVZj

At the time of granting line clear double line ‘B’ class station in two aspects the line kept clear up to.

(a) Home (b) Outer (c) Starter (d) Advance Starter

132

cgq ladsrh; O;oLFkk esa ^ch^ Dykl Mcy ykbu LVs'ku ij ykbu fDy;j nsus ds fy, ykbu dgk¡ rd lkQ gksuh pkfg,

¼d½ gkse flxuy

¼[k½ ckgjh Qsflax i‚bUV

¼x½ BSLB cksMZ

¼?k½ ckgjh Qsflax

i‚bUV ;k BSLB cksMZ

In multi aspect ‘B’ class double line station before granting of line kept clear up to.

(a) Home (b) Outer most facing point

(c) BSLB board (d) Outer most facing

point or BSLB board

133

nks ladsrh; ^ch^ Dykl ykbu esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds fy, ykbu dgk¡ rd lkQ j[kk tek gS

¼d½ gkse ¼[k½ LVkVZj ¼x½ SLB ,Mokal LVkVZj

¼?k½ SLB ,Mokal LVkVZj

In two aspect ‘B’ class signal line station before granting line clear, line shall be kept clear up to.

(a) Home (b) Starter (c)SLB/Advance Starter

(d) Advance Starter

134

^lh^ Dykl LVs'ku ij ykbu fDy;j nsrs le; ykbu dgk¡ rd lkQ j[kh tkrh gS

¼d½ LVkVZj

¼[k½ gkse ¼x½ gkse flxuy ls 400

eh- vkxs

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

At ‘C’ class station before granting line clear, line that is kept clear up to

(a) Starter (b) Home (c) Beyond 400 m from Home

Signal

(d) None

135

lSaM gai fdldk fodYi gS

¼d½ Cy‚d vksoj ySi

¼[k½ flxuy vksoj ySi

¼x½ LVs'ku lsD'ku

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Sand Hump is a substitute of

(a) Block over lap

(b) Signal over lap

(c) Station Section

(d) None

136

flaxy ykbu ‘B’ Dykl LVs'ku esa ,Mokal LVkVZj dk D;k fodYi gS

¼d½ iSlsatj okfuaZx cksMZ

¼[k½ 'kafVax fyfeV

cksMZ

¼x½ xqM~l okfuaZx cksMZ

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Substitute of Advance starter is single line ‘B’ class station is

(a) Passenger warning board

(b) Shunting Limit Board

(c) Goods warning Board

(d) None

137

cgqladsrh; O;oLFkk esa vuqKkRed flxuy gS

¼d½ okuZj ¼[k½ fMLVsaV

¼x½ gkse ¼?k½ LVkVZj

Permissive signal in multiple aspect is

(a) Warner (b) Distant (c) Home (d) Starter

138

LVkVZj flxuy gS ¼d½ vkxeu ¼[k½ çLFkku ¼x½ lgk;d ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Starter signal is a (a) Approach (b) Departure (c) Subsidiary (d) None139

xsV jksd flxuy ij dkSu lk ekdZ gksrk gS

¼d½ G ¼[k½ R ¼x½ P ¼?k½ A

Marker on Gate Stop Signal

(a) G (b) R (c) P (d) A

140

gkse flxuy ^ch^ Dykl LVs'ku ij gksrk gS

¼d½ vkxeu ¼[k½ çLFkku ¼x½ lgk;d ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Home Signal at ‘B’ class station is a

(a) Approach (b) Departure (c) Subsidiary (d) None

141

nq?kZVuk fdrus çdkj ds gksrs gSa

¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ ,d ¼x½ pkj ¼?k½ nks

Type of accident are (a) Three (b) One (c) Four (d) Two142

nq?kZVuk dks fdrus Hkkxks esa foHkkftr fd;k tkrk gS

¼d½ pkj ¼[k½ nl ¼x½ ckjg ¼?k½ lksyg

Accidents are classified into how many classes

(a) 4 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 16

143

vo#) Cy‚d lsD'ku esa lgk;rk batu Hkstus ds fy, çkf/kdkj gS

¼d½ T/A 602

¼[k½ T/B 602 ¼x½ T/C 602 ¼?k½ T/D 602

To sending assisting engine into obstructed block section authority to proceed i.e.

(a) T/A 602 (b) T/B 602 (c) T/C 602 (d) T/D 602

144

fMldusD'ku d‚'ku vkSj fjdusD'ku Q‚eZ dk uacj gksrk gS

¼d½S&T T/351

¼[k½ T/369(3B)

¼x½ T/806 ¼?k½ T/409

Form number of disconnection and reconnection memo is

(a) S&T T/351 (b) T/369(3B) (c) T/806 (d) T/409

145

iw.kZ xkMh vkxeu jftLVj xkMh dk lEiw.kZ vkxeu jftLVj

¼d½ T/1410 ¼[k½ T/806 ¼x½ T/409 ¼?k½ T/509

dk uacj gSForm number of train intact complete arrival register is

(a) T/1410 (b) T/806 (c) T/409 (d) T/509

146

lkekU; ,oa lgk;d fu;e iqfLrdk esa v/;k; gS

¼d½ 18 ¼[k½ 16 ¼x½ 15 ¼?k½ 14

There are _______chapters in GR & SR book.

(a) 18 (b) 16 (c) 15 (d) 14

147

leikj QkVd ij fdrus xsV cÙkh gksuk pkfg,

¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ ,d ¼x½ nks ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ughaHow many gate lamps to be available on L.C. Gate

(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) None

148

bdgjh ykbu/nksgjh ykbu okys [kaM ds leikj QkVd ij fdrus frjaxk VkpZ miyC/k gksuk pkfg,

¼d½ ikap ¼[k½ ,d ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

In single line/double line section, how many tri color torch should available on L.C. Gate

(a) 5 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) None

149

leikj QkVd ij fdrus gkFk flxuy gjk >aMh miyC/k gksuk pkfg,

¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ nks ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ughaOn L.C. Gate how many hand signal flag green should available

(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) None

150

xsV y‚t ij D;k fjd‚MZ j[kk tkuk pkfg,

¼d½xsV ij dk;Z djus

dk vuqns'k fgan

h/vaxsth esa

¼[k½ MîwVh jksLVj

¼x½ nq?kZVuk iqfLrdk

¼?k½ mijksä lHkh

On Gate lodge what records to be kept

(a) Gate working

instruction in Hindi/English

(b) Duty roaster (c) Accident register

(d) All above documents

151

fufEyf[kr fdl Js.kh ds xsV ij QkVd cfÙk;ksa dk çko/kku gksuk pkfg,

¼d½ Lis'ky Dykl

¼[k½ ‘A’ Dykl ¼x½ ‘B’ Dykl ¼?k½ mijksä lHkh

xsV ij

Gate lamp must be provided for following class of L.C. Gate

(a) Special class

(b) ‘A’ class (c) ‘B’ class (d) All above

152

vky jkbV flxuy nsrs le; D;k ns[kuk pkfg,

¼d½ Vªsu esa vkx dh yiV fn[kkbZ

nsuk

¼[k½ g‚V ,Dly

¼x½ fdlh ikVZ~l dk

yVduk

¼?k½ mijksä lHkh

While exchanging ‘All Right Signal’ what things

(a) Fire on train

(b) Hot Axle (c) Hanging Parts

(d) All above

are to be observed153

i;kZIr nwjh fdrus rjg ds gksrs gSa

¼d½ nks ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ ,d ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ughaHow many types of adequate distance

(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) None

154

i;kZIr nwjh ds varxZr vkrs gS

¼d½ BOL ¼[k½ SOL ¼x½nksuksa ‘A’ ,oa ‘B’

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Which comes under adequate distance

(a) BOL (b) SOL (c) Both A & B (d) None

155

,d iVk[kk flxuy ds ds'k esa fdrus iVk[kk jgrs gSa

¼d½ vkB ¼[k½ ikap ¼x½ nl ¼?k½ ckjg

In one case how many detonators are kept

(a) 08 (b) 05 (c) 10 (d) 12

156

çksVsD'ku ds nkSjku vojks/k ,oa igys iVk[kk dh chp dh nqjh gS

¼d½ 600 eh

¼[k½ 1200 eh

¼x½ 1210 eh ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

During protection, the distance between obstruction and first detonators is

(a) 600 m (b) 1200 m (c) 1210 m (d) None of the above

157

dqgklk ds le; çksVsD'ku ds fy, nqjh dh x.kuk dgk¡ ls dh tkrh gS

¼d½ çFke jksd flxuy ls

¼[k½ fMLVsal flxuy

¼x½ vafre jksd flxuy

¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

During protection in fog, The distance is measured from

(a) 1st stop signal

(b) Distance signal

(c) Last stop Signal


158

dqgklk ds nkSjku çksVsD'ku dh vko';drk ml txg ugha gS tgk¡

¼d½ Mcy fMLVsaV

fn;k x;k gS

¼[k½ dsoy fMLVsaV flxuy gS

¼x½ gRFkk okyk flxuy {ks= esa

¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

Protection in fog is not needed, where

(a) Double distant signal

has been provided

(b) Only distant is available

(c) For semaphore signaling section


159

iSlsatj okfuaZx cksMZ çFke jksd flxuy xsV jksd flxuy ds ihNs de ls de fdruh nwjh ij LFkkfir fd;k tkrk gS

¼d½ 960 eh

¼[k½ 1400 eh ¼x½ 800 eh ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

The passenger warning board is placed in line rear of 1st stop signal/ gate signal at a distance not less than

(a) 960 m (b) 1400 m (c) 800 m (d) None

160

rhoz <yku okys {ks= esa xqM~l okfuaZx cksMZ çFke jksd flxuy ls ihNs fdruh nwjh ij yxk;k tkrk gS

¼d½ 1500 eh

¼[k½ 1400 eh

¼x½ 1700 eh ¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

In falling gradient section goods warning board is fixed in the rear of 1st stop signal at a distance

(a) 1500 m (b) 1400 m (c) 1700 m (d) None of the above

161

[krjukd ,oa foLQksVd eky dh xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ 10 fdeh çfr ?

kaVk

¼[k½ 8 fdeh çfr ?kaVk

¼x½ 15 fdeh çfr ?kaVk

¼?k½ 5 fdeh çfr ?

kaVkWhat is the speed of dangerous and explosive goods


162

iw.kZ Cy‚d if}rh esa Cy‚d lsD'ku esa ,d le; esa vf/kdre fdruh xkfM+;ka gksaxh

¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ ,d ¼x½ pkj ¼?k½ nks

How many maximum trains will be in block section at a time in absolute block system

(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 4 (d) 2

163

dsoy ,d xkMh if}rh esa fdlh Vªsu ds vxys Cy‚d lsD'ku ços'k ds ckn nwljh xkMh dc mlh Cy‚d lsD'ku esa ços'k djsxh

¼d½ igyh mlh xkMh ds iwjh rjg

ykSVdj LVs'ku vk

tkus ds ckn

¼[k½ Cy‚d lsD'ku ds

ços'k ds rqjar ckn

¼x½ igyh xkMh ds

vxys LVs'ku esa ços'k ds

ckn

¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

In one train only system, after entering of train in block section, when the next train will enter in same block section

(a) After fully return back of

the same train

(b) Just after entering in

Block section

(c) After reaching of trains on

forward bloack station


164

BSLB cksMZ fdl fn'kk esa yxk, tkrs gSa

¼d½ xkMh ços'k dh fn'kk esa

¼[k½ xkMh çLFkku dh fn'kk esa

¼x½ nksuksa

fn'kkvksa esa xkMh ços'k ,oa

xkMh çLFkku dh fn'kk

¼?k½ mijksä

dksbZ ugha

In which direction BSLB Board is placed

(a) Train entering side

(b) Train dispatch side

(c) Both entering &

dispatch side


165

e‚d fMªy dh ÝhDosalh D;k gS

¼d½ eghuk esa ,d ckj

¼[k½ nks eghuk esa ,d

ckj

¼x½ rhu eghuk esa ,d

ckj


ughaWhat is the frequency of ‘Mock Dryl’

(a) Once in a month

(b) Once in two months

(c) Once in three months


166

nq?kZVuk fu;ekoyh iqfLrdk esa fdrus v/;k; gS

¼d½ ckjg ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ vkB ¼?k½ nl

How many chapters in Accident manual

(a) 12 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 10

167

eky xkMh ds batu esa fdrus fe-eh- ¶ySV Vk;j dh lhek ekU; gS

¼d½ 50 fe-eh-

¼[k½ 20 fe-eh-

¼x½ 30 fe-eh-

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

How many mm of flat (a) 50 mm (b) 20 mm (c) 30 mm (d) none

tyre is permitted in the locomotive of goods engine

168

xkMZ LVs'ku ekLVj dks jkf= esa fdl çdkj dk flxuy fn[kk;sxk tc xkMh Q‚fyax ekdZ fDy;j djds [kM+k gks

¼d½ mtyk ykbV

¼[k½ jsM ykbV

¼x½ xzhu ykbV

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Guard shall show what signal by night to the SM when train is standing clear of fouling mark

(a) White light

(b) Red light (c) Green light (d) None

169

‘A’ Dykl ODC dh vf/kdre xfr gksrh gS

¼d½ lkekU;

¼[k½ 40 kmph

¼x½ 60 kmph

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

Maximum speed of ‘A’ class ODC is

(a) Normal (b) 40 kmph (c) 60 kmph (d) None

170

tc flXuy U;wre nL;rk nwjh ls ugha fn[kkbZ iM+s rc dkSu lk flXuy yxk;k tkrk gS

¼d½ fjihfVax

¼[k½ dks&,fDVax

¼x½ 'kaV flxuy

¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

When signal is not visible from minimum sighting distance, what signal is Provided

(a) Repeating

(b) Co-acting (c) Shunt signal

(d) None

171

LVs'ku ij yhoj Ýse dh vksoj gkmfyax ds fy, o-e-ifj-çca/kd rFkk o-e-flnwlbZ }kjk la;qä :i ls xkMh lapkyu ds fy, D;k cuk;k tk,xk

¼d½ vLFkkbZ

dk;Z vkns'k

¼[k½ dk;Z vkns'k

¼x½ JPO ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

For overhauling of leverframe at station, what is prepared jointly by Sr. DOM & Sr. DSTE for working of trains.

(a)Temporary working order

(b) Working order

(c) JPO (d) None

172

BG lsD'ku esa ‘H’ cksMZ LVs'ku fcfYMax ls fdruh nqjh ij yxk;k tkrk gS

¼d½ 800 eh-

¼[k½ 1200 eh-

¼x½ 600 eh- ¼?k½ dksbZ ugha

‘H’ Board is placed at a distance in BG section from station building

(a) 800 meter (b) 1200 meter (c) 600 meter (d) None

173

iw.kZ CykWd i)fr ds vf/ku xkM+h dks ykbu fDy;j nsus gsrq lkQ j[kk tkrk gSA

¼d½ LVs’ku lhek

¼[k½ LVs’ku [k.M

¼x½ CykWd [k.M


ugha

In absolute Block system, a place is kept clear for line clear of any train.

(a) Station limit

(b) ) Station section

(c) Block section


Fill in the blanks

174. The time interval between two trains during signal & communication failure on D/L shall be _________________ minutes.

(A) 30 (B) 25(C) 15 (D) 45

nksgjh ykbu esa flxuy ,oa lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus nks xkfM+;ksa ds pyus ds chp le;

dk varj _________________ feuV jgsxk

(A) 30 (B) 25(C) 15 (D) 45

175. In case of fire accident in a passenger train the first objective to be achieved is to ____________________

(A) clear the section (B) detach the vehicle (C) safety of the passenger (D) ask for relief

fdlh ;k=h xkMh esa vkx yxus ij igyk mís'; tks iwjk djuk gS ______________

(A) lsD'ku fDy;j djuk (B) okgu dks vyx djuk(C) ;kf=;ksa dh lqj{kk (D) fjyhQ dh ekax

176. When motor trolley/tower car is sent for opening communication, it shall be accompanied by ______________________

(A) PWI/TI (B) CPWF/SI(C) Guard/SM (D) None of the above

tc eksVj Vªkyh Vkoj dkj dks lapkj [kksyus ds fy, Hkstk tk,xk rks mlds lkFk tk,xk ____________________

(A) PWI/TI (B) CPWF/SI(C) Guard/SM (D) dksbZ ugha

177. After opening of communication, the train speed shall be ________________

(A) Booked speed (B) MPS(C) Cautions (D) None of the above

lapkj O;oLFkk [kksyus ds ckn xkM+h dh xfr gksxh ___________________________

(A) cqdM LihM (B) vf/kdre vuqes; xfr(C) lrdZrkiwoZd (D) dksbZ ugha

178. When train is held up at FSS for more than _________________ minutes the LP deputes Assistant Loco Pilot to go to station.

(A) 10 (B) 12(C) 15 (D) 05

tc dksbZ Vªsu çFke jksd flxuy ij __________________ feuV ls vf/kd #d tkrh

gS tks yksdks ik;yV vius lgk;d yksdks ik;yV dks LVs'ku dks Hkstrk gS

(A) 10 (B) 12(C) 15 (D) 05

179. In automatic block system to dispatch a relief loco/train into the occupied block section ____________________ is given as the authority to proceed for the relief loco/train.

(A) T/A 912 (B) T/B 912(C) T/C 912 (D) T/D 912Lopkfyr Cy‚d i}fr esa vo:) Cy‚d lsD'ku esa fjyhQ batu Vªsu

Hkstus ds fy, çLFkku çkf/kdkj ds :i esa yksdks ik;yV dks ___________________ fn;k

tkrk gS(A) T/A 912 (B) T/B 912(C) T/C 912 (D) T/D 912

180. In automatic block system relief loco/train shall proceed with a restricted speed of ____________________ kmph

(A) 25/15 (B) 45/25(C) 60/30 (D) 15/10Lopkfyr Cy‚d i}fr esa fjyhQ yksdks/Vªsu _________________ ds

çfrcaf/kr xfr ls çLFkku djsxk (A) 25/15 (B) 45/25(C) 60/30 (D) 15/10

181. What an authority shall be given to pass the defective IBP Signal _________(A) T/369(3b) (B) T/369(1) (C) T/409 (D) T/86[kjkc IBP flxuy dks ikl djus ds fy, yksdks ik;yV dks çkf/kdkj ds :i esa fn;k tkrk gS (A) T/369(3b) (B) T/369(1) (C) T/409 (D) T/86

182. As per G&SR control of shunting is done through _______________________

(A) detonating signal (B) Flare Signal(C) Fixed Signals, Hand Signals, (D) None of the above Visible instructions

G&SR ds vuqlkj 'kafVax dks fu;af=r fd;k tkrk gS _____________________ ds }kjk

(A) iVk[kk flxuy (B) esgrkoh flxuy(C) LFkkbZ flxuy, gkFk flxuy, fn[kkbZ funsZ'kksa (D) dksbZ

ugha

183. When calling ‘ON’ signal is provided below the Home Signal it shows what light in its ‘ON position

(A) No light (B) Red(C) Green (D) Yellow

;fn dkfyax vku flxuy fdlh gkse flxuy ds fups yxk;k tkrk gS rks ‘vku’ voLFkk esa dSlk ykbV çnf'kZr djrk gS

(A) dksbZ jks'kuh ugha (B) jsM jks'kuh(C) gjk jks'kuh (D) ihyk jks'kuh

184. In Passenger occupied train while train engine is attached during shunting engine is to be stopped far away from the train before coupling

(A) 20 m (B) 40 m(C) 120 m (D) 50 m

;kf=;ksa ls Hkjh xkM+h dks 'kafVax ds nkSjku tc fdlh Hkh xkMh esa dksbZ batu tksM+uk gks rks mls tksM+us ls igys fdruh nwjh ij [kM+k fd;k tkrk gS(A) 20 eh- (B) 40 eh-(C) 120 eh- (D) 50 eh-

185. When SM/Station staff does not exchange at all right signal the LP shall give ________________ engine whistle code.

(A) two long (B) two long, one short(C) two short (D) none of the above

tc LVs'ku ekLVj/LVs'ku LVkQ }kjk v‚yjkbV flxuy dk vknku çnku ugha fd;k tkrk gS rks yksdks ik;yV }kjk ______________ batu flVh dksM dk ç;ksx gksxk(A) nks yEck (B) nks yEck ,d NksVk(C) nks NksVk (D) dksbZ ugha

186. The yard where trains and others load are received, sorted out, trains formed and dispatched onwards are known as _______________________

(A) Locomotive yard (B) Goods Yard (C) Marshalling Yard (D) Station Yard

oSlk ;kMZ tgk¡ xkfM+;ka vkSj vU; yksM çkIr fd;k tkrk gS] NksMk tkrk gS] xkM+h cukbZ tkrh gS vkSj mls ckn esa Hkst fn;k] dgykrk gS _________________________

(A) yksdkseksfVo ;kMZ (B) xqM~l ;kMZ(C) ek'kZfyax ;kMZ (D) LVs'ku ;kMZ

187. The distance from Home Signal to BSLB is ____________________________

(A) 180 meter (B) 120 meter (C) 400 meter (D) None

gkse flxuy ls BSLB dh nwjh gS ______________________

(A) 180 eh- (B) 120 eh-(C) 400 eh- (D) dksbZ ugha

188. The meaning of ‘X’ mark on signal arm is ___________________________

(A) Signal is defective (B) Signal is out of use (C) A & B (D) None of the above

flxuy ds ckg ij ‘X’ ekdZ dk D;k vFkZ gS

(A) flxuy [kjkc gS (B) flxuy dk;Z esa ugha gS

(C) A ,oa B (D) mijksä dksbZ ugha

189. Starter Signal Protects _____________________

(A) Points (B) Signal (C) Trap Point (D) None of the above

LVkVZj flxuy j{kk djrk gS(A) i‚baV (B) flxuy (C) VªSi i‚baV (D) mijksä dksbZ ugha

190. When Signal is newly established and shifted caution order shall be given for a period of ___________________ days ?

(A) 7 days (B) 10 days (C) 20 days (D) 15 days

tc dksbZ u;k flxuy yxk;k tkrk gS ;k LFkkukarfjr gksrk gS rks mlds fy, vo/kh rd lrdZrk vkns'k tkjh gksrk gS ___________________

(A) 7 fnu (B) 10 fnu(C) 20 fnu (D) 15 fnu

191. Section Controller shall transmit the correct time at ______________ daily

(A) 22 hrs (B) 8 hrs (C) 16 hrs (D) 6 hrs

[kaM fu;a=d }kjk çfrfnu ______________ lgh le; dk feyku fd;k tkrk gS

(A) 22 cts (B) 8 cts(C) 16 cts (D) 6 cts

192. Speed while unloading ballast from material train during day time is ____________________

(A) 8 kmph (B) 25 kmph (C) 15 kmph (D) None

fnu ds le; lkexzh xkMh ls fxêh mrkjus dh xfr D;k gksxh

(A) 8 fdeh (B) 25 fdeh(C) 15 fdeh (D) dksbZ ugha

193. If ‘A’ marker is extinguished in automatic section, signal is treated as ___________________

(A) Manually operated (B) Semi automatic (C) Automatic (D) None

Lopkfyr [kaM esa ;fn ‘A’ ekdZj cq>k gqvk gS rks flxuy dks ekuk tk,xk _________

(A) Pkfyr (B) lsfe vkVksesfVd(C) Lopkfyr (D) dksbZ ugha

194. Block overlap in MAUQ signaling system is ______________________

(A) 180 meter (B) 120 meter(C) 400 meter (D) None

MAUQ flxuy O;oLFkk esa Cy‚d vksoj ySi dh nwjh gksrh gS _______________

(A) 180 eh (B) 120 eh(C) 400 eh (D) dksbZ ugha

195. In case of train parting, guard shall show _________________ by day

(A) Red flag (B) Green flag vertically UP & DN

(C) White light (D) None

xkMh foHkkftr gksus ij xkMZ fnu esa _________________ flxuy fn[kk;sxk

(A) yky >aMk (B) gjk >aMh Åij fup(C) mtyk jks'kuh (D) dksbZ ugha

196. First detonator is placed at a distance of ________________ meters from the obstruction in narrow gauge.

(A) 400 meter (B) 600 meter(C) 200 meters (D) None

uSsjksxst esa igyk iVk[kk vojks/k ls _______________ eh- ds varj ij yxk;k tk;sxk

(A) 400 eh- (B) 600 eh-(C) 200 eh- (D) dksbZ ugha

197. Before demanding assisting engine, train is to be protected from ___________________

(A) Front side (B) Back side(C) Both side (D) None

lgk;rk batu ekaxus ls igys xkMh dh lqj{kk _______________ ls vko';d gS

(A) vkxs ls (B) ihNs ls(C) nksuksa vksj ls (D) dksbZ ugha

198. During thick and foggy weather, line must be clear up to _____________ for granting line clear at ‘B’ class station in TALQ signaling system on double line

(A) Home Signal (B) First facing point (C) BSLB (D) None

f}ladsfr flxuy O;oLFkk esa nksgjh ykbu ij /kqa/k ,oa dksgjs ds ekSle esa ^ch^ Dykl LVs'ku ij ykbu fDy;j nsus ds fy, ___________rd ykbu lkQ gksuk pkb;s

(A) gkse flxuy (B) çFke Qsflax i‚baV(C) BSLB (D) dksbZ ugha

199. Height gauge is for the safety of _______________________

(A) OHE (B) Gate Boom (C) Gate lodge (D) None

gkbV xst _______________________ dh lqj{kk ds fy, gksrk gS

(A) OHE (B) xsV cwe(C) xsV y‚t (D) dksbZ ugha

200. If the distant signal of a gate becomes defective in off condition __________ is issued to Loco Pilot from the station in rear.

(A) Caution order (B) Memo (C) Verbal (D) None

vxj fdlh xsV dk fMLVsaV flxuy v‚Q fLrfFk esa [kjkc gks tk, rks fiNyk LVs'ku

ls yksdks ik;yV dks ____________________ tkjh fd;k tkrk gS

(A) lrdZrk vkns'k (B) eseks(C) ekSf[kd vkns'k (D) dksbZ ugha

Answer Sheet (Series-II)

1. (d) 41. (c) 81. (b) 121. (a) 161. (b)2. (d) 42. (b) 82. (c) 122. (c) 162. (b)3. (d) 43. (b) 83. (d) 123. (c) 163. (a)4. (a) 44. (a) 84. (b) 124. (d) 164. (a)5. (b) 45. (b) 85. (a) 125. (a) 165. (b)6. (a) 46. (a) 86. (c) 126. (c) 166. (c)7. (d) 47. (a) 87. (d) 127. (b) 167. (a)8. (d) 48. (c) 88. (b) 128. (b) 168. (a)9. (c) 49. (c) 89. (c) 129. (a) 169. (a)

10. (c) 50. (c) 90. (b) 130. (d) 170. (a)11. (b) 51. (c) 91. (b) 131. (a) 171. (a)

12. (a) 52. (c) 92. (d) 132. (d) 172. (b)13. (a) 53. (a) 93. (d) 133. (c) 173. (c)14. (c) 54. (b) 94. (b) 134. (c) 174. (a)15. (a) 55. (d) 95. (d) 135. (b) 175. (c)16. (b) 56. (a) 96. (c) 136. (b) 176. (c)17. (a) 57. (a) 97. (b) 137. (b) 177. (a)18. (b) 58. (c) 98. (c) 138. (b) 178. (a)19. (b) 59. (b) 99. (a) 139. (a) 179. (c)20. (d) 60. (d) 100

.(a) 140. (a) 180. (d)

21. (c) 61. (a) 101.

(a) 141. (d) 181. (a)

22. (a) 62. (a) 102.

(a) 142. (d) 182. (c)

23. (a) 63. (a) 103.

(c) 143. (a) 183. (a)

24. (a) 64. (a) 104.

(a) 144. (a) 184. (a)

25. (c) 65. (a) 105.

(b) 145. (a) 185. (c)

26. (c) 66. (a) 106.

(a) 146. (a) 186. (c)

27. (b) 67. (b) 107.

(a) 147. (a) 187. (a)

28. (c) 68. (d) 108.

(c) 148. (c) 188. (b)

29. (c) 69. (a) 109.

(c) 149. (a) 189. (a)

30. (c) 70. (d) 110.

(b) 150. (d) 190. (b)

31. (a) 71. (b) 111.

(a) 151. (d) 191. (c)

32. (b) 72. (b) 112.

(b) 152. (d) 192. (a)

33. (b) 73. (a) 113.

(c) 153. (a) 193. (a)

34. (b) 74. (a) 114.

(d) 154. (c) 194. (a)

35. (b) 75. (b) 115.

(a) 155. (c) 195. (b)

36. (a) 76. (a) 116.

(b) 156. (a) 196. (a)

37. (a) 77. (d) 117.

(a) 157. (a) 197. (c)

38. (b) 78. (c) 118.

(b) 158. (a) 198. (a)

39. (d) 79. (c) 119.

(a) 159. (a) 199. (a)

40. (b) 80. (c) 120.

(b) 160. (c) 200. (a)

Series-III

ENGLISH

1. What is superlative degree of “Big”? Ans. c

a. Biggest b. Bigest c. Bigger d. None of these.

2. What is the comparative degree of “Short”? Ans. a

a. Shorter b. Shortest c. Shorten d. None of these.

3. What is the superlative degree of “Good”? Ans. b

a. Goodest b. Best c. Better d. None of these.

4. Which of the following is correct? Ans. a

a. Conclusion b. Conclucion c. Conculussion d. None of these.

5. Plural of “Ox” is? Ans. c

a. Oxes b. Oxs c. Oxen d. None of these.

6. Plural of “Mouse” is? Ans. c

a. Mouses b. Mices c. Mice d. None of these.

7. Plural of “wife” is? Ans. a

a. Wives b. Wifes c. Wife d. None of these.

8. Plural of “knife” is? Ans. b

a. Knifes b. Knives c. Knife d. Knifies.

9. Plural of “Woman” is? Ans. b

a. Weman b. Women c. Wemen d. None of these.

10. Which of the following is correct? Ans. c

a. Calender b. Calendor c. Calendar d. Calandar.

11. Which of the following is correct? Ans. a

a. Congratulate b. Congretulate c. Congratulete d. Congritulate.

12. Which of the Following is Correct? Ans. c

a. Occassion b. Ocassion c. Occasion d. Ocasson

13. Which of the Following is Correct? Ans. a

a. Anniversary b. Anneversary c. Aniversary d. Annevarsary

14. Past form of “Teach” is? Ans. b

a. Teached b. Taught c. Teachied d. None of these.

15. Past form of “Build” is? Ans. c

a. Builder b. Building c. Built d. None of these.

16. Past form of ‘tear” is Ans. c

a. teared b. tear c. torn d. None of these.

17. Past form of ‘Run” is Ans. b

a. runb. ran c. runed d. None of these.

18. Past form of ‘Buy” is Ans. a

a. Bought b. Buyied c. Buyed d. None of these.

19. Antonym of ‘Ample” is Ans. c

a. Sample b. Enough c. Scarcityd. Full.

20. Antonym of ‘Slavery” is Ans. d

a. Trust b. Servant c. Friendship d. Freedom.

21. Antonym of “Friend” is Ans. c

a. Well-wisher b. Nearer c. Enemy d. None of these.

22. Antonym of ‘Rich” is Ans. a

a. Poor b. Scarcity c. Wealth d. None of these.

23. Antonym of ‘Freedom” is Ans. c.

a. Trust b. Servant c. Slavery d. None of these.

24. Antonym of ‘Justice” is Ans. c

a. Partiality b. Equality c. Injustice d. None of these.

25. Antonym of ‘Loss” is Ans. a

a. Profit b. Loose c. Waive d. None of these.

26. The frog jumped___________ the well Ans. a

a. Into b. On c. In d. None of these.

27. Place where fish are kept Ans. b

a. Apiary b. Aquarium c. zoo d. None of these.

28. I have waiting for the bus ___________ 20 minutes Ans. b

a. from b. for c. against d. to.

29. Tom played golf___________ Julie went shopping with her friends Ans. c

a. from b. against c. while d. None of these.

30. I need a good explanation of the all costs ___________ in buying the new car Ans. b

a. affected b. involved c. effected d. None of these.

31. My uncle lives ___________ Mughalsarai ans. a

a. in b. into c. on d. None of these.32. Agra is ___________ river Yamuna. Ans. d

a. in b. at c. over d. on.

33. Masculine of Princess is Ans. c

a. King b. Queen c. Prince d. None of these.

34. Feminine of Nephew is Ans. a

a. Niece b. Nephewn c. Nepes d. None of these.

35. Feminine of Hunter is Ans. a

a. Huntress b. Hunter lady c. Huntingd. None of these.

Arithmetic

35. Which of the following is the biggest?

a. 2.225 b. 2.252 c. 2.255 d. 2.522. Ans. d

36. A & B complete a work in 24 days. If A alone takes 12 days to complete the work then in who many days B alone can complete the work. Ans. a

a. 12 days b. 10 days c. 14 days d. 15 days.

37. If a train is moving at the speed of 90 KM per hour then the total distance the train will cover in 4 hours will be Ans. a

a. 360 KM b. 300 KM c. 340 KM d. 400 KM.

38. If ¼ th of a number is 145, then what would be value of 13% of the number Ans. b

a. 73.7 b. 75.4 c. 27.7 d. 37.7.

39. Which of the following is the biggest factor? Ans. a

a. 5/4 b. 4/5 c. 6/5 d. 5/6.

40. Which of the following is the smallest factor? Ans. a

a. 9/17 b. 4/5 c. 2/3 d. 3/4.

41. The price of 6 mangoes and 4 apples is Rs. 34, and the price of 5 mangoes and 5 apples is Rs. 30. Then what is the price of each mango and apple respectively. Ans. d

a. Rs. 1 and Rs. 6 b. Rs. 6 and Rs. 1c. Rs. 1 and Rs. 5 d. Rs. 5 and Rs. 1.

42. If 35 umbrellas are for Rs. 70 then the price of 67 umbrellas will be Ans. b

a. 1240 b. 1340 c. 1440d. 1540.

43. The smallest number of four digit Ans. a

a. 1000 b. 1001 c. 9999 d. 1999.

44. If 60% students failed in a class, and 60 students passed then how many students were in the class Ans. b

a. 180 b. 150 c. 350 d. 250.

45.Which of the following is the smallest? Ans. d

a. 1.233 b. 1.231 c. 1.321 d. 1.213.

46. The largest number of four digits- Ans. c

a. 1000 b. 1001 c. 9999 d. 1999.

47. 90 KMPH________ meter/second Ans. a

a. 25 b. 27 c. 30 d. 32.

48. Radha plants 625 tress in the garden. If she plants same number of tress in a row as the number of rows, then how may tress she plants in a row?

a. 25 b. 27 c. 30 d. 32. Ans. a

49. 50% of 500 will be Ans. a

a. 250 b. 270 c. 300 d. 320.

50. 27.5% of 1000 will be Ans. d

a. 255 b. 265 c. 375 d. 275.

51. There are 400 pupils in the classroom, if 45% of pupil fails then how many students pass in the class? Ans. a

a. 220 b. 265 c. 375 d. 275.

52. If the cost an article is Rs. 500/- and selling price is Rs. 600/- find the gain or profit% Ans. a

a. 20 b. 25 c. 22 d. 30.

53. If 15 Oranges cost Rs. 60/- then what is the cost of 36 oranges Ans. a

a. 144 b. 150 c. 154 d. 155.

54. The area of a rectangle is 240 Sqmt. and its length is 16 mtr. Then its breadth is Ans. a

a. 15 b. 20 c. 25 d. 35.

55. The length and breadth of a rectangle is 15 m & 16 m respectively then the area of rectangle will be Ans. a

a. 240 M2 b. 200 M2 c. 154 d. 155.

56. The area of a Square is 225 sq. meter, then each side will be Ans. a

a. 15 b. 20 c. 25 d. 35.57. Which is the successor of 49999? Ans. a

a. 50000 b. 49998 c. 50001 d. 49990.

58. 2.5+3.6+0.9 Ans. a

a. 7.0 b. 6.9 c. 7.6 d. 5.5.

59. 5.2 +2.8 + 2.0 Ans. c

a. 11.5 b. 10.0 c. 11.0 d. 10.5.

60. 15.2 +12.8 + 12.0 Ans. b

a. 39.0 b. 40.0 c. 41.0 d. 40.5.

61. 18+9 x3 Ans. a

a. 45.0 b. 46.0 c. 41.0 d. 40.5.

62. 4x538x25 Ans. c

a. 32280 b. 26900 c. 53800 d. 10760.

63. The LCM of 24, 36, and 40 is Ans. a

a. 360 b. 580 c. 320 d. 470.

64. The LCM of 30, 40, 50 is Ans. b

a. 500 b. 600 c. 550 d. 700.

65. There are 525 mangoes on a mango tree if a person has pluck 275 mangoes then how many mangoes will be left on the mango tree?

a. 275 b. 250 c. 300 d. 280. Ans. b.

66. If the price of a television is Rs. 39990/- and the shopkeeper sells the television after giving 20 % discount, then the price of Television will be

a. 31992 b. 32000 c. 32500d. 30000. Ans. a

67. If a train travels 500 Km in 05 hours then the speed of the train will beAns. b

a. 110 KMPH b. 100 KMPH c. 120 KMPH d. 90 KMPH.

68. The distance between DDU to NDLS is 750 KM if a train is moving at the speed of 75 KMPH, then the total time taken by the train to cover the distance will be Ans. b

a. 11 Hours b. 10 hoursc. 12 Hours d. 9 Hours.

69. Convert from 25 meter per second to ________ KMPH Ans. d

a. 110 KMPH b. 100 KMPH c. 120 KMPH d. 90 KMPH.

70. If thelength of a train is 600 meter and pass a telegraph post in 20 seconds then the speed of train will be Ans. c

a. 110 KMPH b. 100 KMPH c. 108 KMPH d. 90 KMPH.General knowledge

71.Tulsidad, the author of 'was a contemprory of wich of the following rules ? Ans. a

jke pfjr ekul ds jpf;rk rqylhnkl fuEufuf[kr esa ls fdlds ledkfyu Fks

(a)Akbar (b) Humayun (c) Shahjahan (d) Sher Shah Suri¼v½ vdcj ¼c½ gqek;qW ¼l½ “kkgtgkW ¼n½ “ksj”kkg lwjh

72. To which king belongs the Lion Capital at Sarnath? Ans. a

lkjukFk ds flag LrEHk ls lEcfU/kr dkSu ls jktk Fks(a)Chandragupta (b) Ashoka (c) Kanishka (d)Harsha¼v½ panzxqIr ¼c½ v”kksd ¼l½ dfu’d ¼n½ g’kZ

73. The Capital of Goa. Ans. a

(a)Panji (b) Sillong (c) Shimla (d) None of these

74. The Battle of Plassey was fought in the Year ? Ans. a

Ikyklh dh yM+kbZ fdl o’kZ esa gqbZ Fkh(a)1757 (b) 1775 (c) 1785 (d) 1795¼v½ 1757 ¼c½ 1775 ¼l½ 1785 ¼n½ 1795

75. The treaty of Srirangapatnam was signed between Tipu Sultan and? Ans. b

JhjaxiV~Vue esa fViq lqYrku ds lkFk fdl vaxzst “kkld ds lkFk laf/k gqbZ Fkh

(a)Robert Clive (b) Cornawallis (c) Dalhousie (d) Warren Hastings¼v½ jkcVZ DykbZo ¼c½ dWkuZokfyl ¼l½ MygkSth ¼n½ okjsu gsfLVaXl

76. The Iron Man of India is calle to- Ans. dHkkjr dk ykSg iq#’k fuEu esa las fdls dgk tkrk gS(a) Netaji S.C.Bose(b) Bipin Chandra Pal(c) Sardar Bhagat Singh (d) Sardar Ballv

Bhai patel¼v½ usrkth lqHkk’k panz cksl ¼c½ fcfiu panz iky ¼l½ ljnkj Hkxr flag ¼n½ ljnkj oYyHk HkkbZ iVsy

77. Pd. Ravi Shankar is famous for which recital of Indian classical Music ? Ans. d

Hkkjrh; “kkL=h laxhr esa Ika0 jfo “kadj dks fdl okn~; ;a= ds fy, izflf) gkfly gS

(a)Tabla (b) Sarangi (c) Rudra vina (d) Sitar¼v½ rcyk ¼c½ lkjaxh ¼l½ #nz fo.kk ¼n½ flrkj

78. The Judges of the High Court are appointed by whom in India ? Ans. b.

gkbZ dksVZ ds ttksa dh fu;qfDr fduds }kjk dh tkrh gS (a)Prime Minister (b) Chief Justice (c) President (d)Lok Sabha Speaker¼v½ iz/kku ea=h ¼c½ eq[; U;k;kf/k”k ¼l½ jk’Vªifr ¼n½ yksdlHkk v/;{k

79. Saina Nehwal is associated with which of the following sports ? Ans. c

Lk;uk usgoky fdl [ksy ls lEcfU/kr gS(a)Kabbadi (b) Laun Tennis (c) Badminton(d)Basket Ball¼v½ dcM~Mh ¼c½ ykWu Vsful ¼l½ cSMfeaVu ¼n½ ckLdsV ckWy

80. Who is the Slogan “Jai Jawan Jai Kisan” ? Ans. d

Tk; toku t; fdlku dk ukjk fdlus fn;k(a)Rajendra Prasad(b) Indira Gandhi (c)Pt. J.L.Nehru(d)None of these¼v½ jktsUnz izlkn ¼c½ bfUnjk xka/kh ¼l½ ia0 ts- ,y- usg# ¼n½ bues ls dksbZ ughaA

81. Which year Jaliawala Bagh incident took place ? Ans. c

Tkfy;kWokyk ckx gR;k fdl o’kZ gqbZ(a)1917 (b) 1918 (c)1919 (d)1920

¼v½ 1917 ¼c½ 1918 ¼l½ 1919 ¼n½ 1920

82. Who is the first Guru of Sikh religion ? Ans. c

fl[k /keZ ds izFke xq# dkSu Fks(a)Guru Arjun Dev(b) Guru Teg Bahadur (c)Guru Nanak Dev(d)Guru Govind Singh ¼v½ xq# vtqZu nso ¼c½ xq# rsx cgknqj ¼l½ xq# ukud nso ¼n½ xq# xksfoan flag

83. Virat Kohali is related with the which sports ? Ans. b

Tkfy;kWokyk ckx gR;k fdl o’kZ gqbZ(a)Football (b) Cricket (c)Baseball (d Hockey ¼v½ 1917 ¼c½ 1918 ¼l½ 1919 ¼n½ 1920

84. Who is the first Prime Minister of India.

(a)Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru (b) Lal Bahadur Shashtri (c) Indira Gandhi (d) Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel Ans (A)

85. Where was Gandhi ji first satya Grah in India.

(a)Delhi (b) Ahmehabad (c) Lucknow (d) Chaparan Ans (d)

86. Who invented the computer ?

(a)Charls Babage (b) Eienstien (c) Galelio (d) None of these Ans (a)

87. The Tipu Sultan was Rular of- ?

(a)Hyderabad (b) Madurai (c) Mysore (d) Vijaynagar Ans (C)

88. What is the working member ship period of Loksabha ?

(a)4 Years (b) 5 Years (c) 6 Years (d) 3 Years Ans (b)

89. Who give the slogan do or die?

(a)Mahatama Gandhi (b) Subhash Chandra Bose (c) Indira Gandhi (d) Rajiv Gandhi Ans (A)

90. IPL Standard for-? Tripura Who give the slogan do or die?

(a) International Premium League (b) Indian Play League (c) Indian Premium League (d) Indian Political League Ans (C)

91. Vishwanathan Anand is related with the which sports ?

(a)Football (b) Chess (c)Baseball (d Hockey Ans (B)

92. Zonal head quarter of East Coast Railway ?

(a)Bhubneswar (b) Cuttck (c)Hubli (d) Hajipur Ans (A)93. Thamos Cup related to which sports ?

(a)Badminton (b) Cricket (c) Baseball (d) basketball Ans (A)

94. World Cup-2019 will be held in ?

(a)South Africa (b) Srilanka (c) England (d) Australia Ans (C)

95. Gol Gumbaj Situated at ?

(a)Karnataka (b) Tamilnaidu (c) Kerla (d) Andhra Pradesh Ans (A)

96. Which country will host World Cup Hockey 2018 ?

(a)Srilanka (b) England (c) India (d) Australia Ans (b)

97. Gol Gumbaj was built in which century ?

(a)17th (b) 18th

(c) 16th (d) 14th Ans (A)

98. Where will FIFA World Cup-2018 be held ?

(a) China (b) England (c) Japan (d) Russia Ans (d)

99. Position of India according to Area ?

(a) 07 (b) 05 (c) 06 (d) 04 Ans (A)

100. Dhamma Stupa is located at ?

(a) Kanpur (b) Nagpur (c) Bijapur (d) Raipur Ans (B)

101. What is the study of animal life called ?

(a) Biology (b) Zoology (c) Astrology (d) Histology Ans (B)

102. In India, How many states share the coast Line ? Ans (d)

(a)10 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 9 103. To an Astonaut, how does outer space appear ? Ans (b)

(a) White (b) Black (c) Red (d) Pink

104. Which is the longest National Highway ?

(a) NH-7 (b) NH-6 (c) NH-4 (d) NH-5 Pink Ans (A)

105. How much blood in the human body ?

(a) 4.7 Liters (b) 5.7 Liters (c) 3.7 Liters (d) 6.7 liters Ans (b)

Railway organization

106. PCOMdk iw.kZ :i D;k gS& Ans. b(a) izzhafliy phQ vkWijsfVax eSustj(b) izzhafliy phQ vkWijs”ku eSustj(c) izkbejh phQ vkWijsfVax eSustj(d) izkbejh phQ vkWijs”ku eSustj

107. PCCMdk iw.kZ :i D;k gS& Ans. a(a) izzhafliy phQ dkWef”kZ;y eSustj(b) izzhafliy phQ dSVfjax eSustj(c) izkbejh phQ dkWef”kZ;y eSustj(d) izkbejh phQ dSVfjax eSustj

108. Sr.DOMdk iw.kZ :i D;k gS& Ans. b(a) lhfu;j fMfotuy vkWijsfVax eSustj(b) lhfu;j fMfotuy vkWijs”ku eSustj(c) lhfu;j fMfotu vkWijsfVax eSustj

(d) lhfu;j fMfotu vkWijs”ku eSustj

109. Sr.DCMdk iw.kZ :i D;k gS& Ans. b(a) lhfu;j fMfotuy dSVfjax eSustj(b) lhfu;j fMfotuy dkWef”kZ;y eSustj(c) lhfu;j fMfotu dSVfjax eSustj(d) lhfu;j fMfotu dkWef”kZ;y eSustj

110. IRSdk iw.kZ :i D;k gS& Ans. b(a) bafM;u jsy lfoZlst(b) bafM;u jsyos lfoZlst(c) bafM;u jsyos lfoZl(d) bafM;u jsyos flLVe

111. ECR dk iw.kZ :i D;k gS& Ans. a(a) bLV lsaVªy jsyos(b) bLVuZ lsaVªy jsyos(c) bLV dksLV jsyos(d) bLVuZ dksLVy jsyos

112. Hkkjr dh igyh jsyxkM+h dgkWa ls dgkWa rd pyh FkhAAns. b

(a) cEcbZz ls xksok rd(b) cEcbZz ls Fkk.ks rd(c) cEcbZz ls jksgk rd(d) cEcbZ ls eaMxkWo rd

113. ECR dk eq[;ky; dgkWa gS&Ans. a(a) gkthiqj(b) nkukiqj(c) iVuk(d) lksuiqj

114. Hkkjrh; jsyos es dqy fdrus tksu gSAAns. b

(a) 20(b) 18(c) 19(d) 16

115. orZeku esa jsyos cksMZ ds ps;jeSu dkSu gSa&Ans. a

(a) fcuksn dqekj ;kno(b) fojsUnz dqekj ;kno(c) fou; dqekj ;kno(d) fot; dqekj ;kno

116. orZeku esa iwoZ e/; jsy ds egkizca/kd dkSu gSa&Ans. a(a) yfyr panz f=osnh(b) yfyr fd”kksj f=osnh(c) yyu panz f=osnh(d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

117. orZeku esa iwoZ e/; jsy ds iz/kku eq[; ifjpkyu izca/kd dkSu gSa& Ans. a

(a) lfyy dqekj >k(b) lfr”k dqekj >k(c) lfr”k panz >k(d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

118. orZeku esa iwoZ e/; jsy ds iz/kku eq[; okf.kT; izca/kd dkSu gSa& Ans. b

(a) iadt lDlsuk(b) fo’.kq dqekj(c) lfr”k panz >k(d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

119. orZeku esa eqxyljk; eaaMy ds ojh; eaaMy ifjpkyu izca/kd dkSu gSa& Ans. a

(a) jkds”k dqqekj jkS”ku(b) jkts”k dqekj jkS”ku(c) jes”k dqekj jkS”ku

(d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

120. orZeku esa eqxyljk; eaaMy ds ojh; eaaMy okf.kT; izca/kd dkSu gSa&Ans. a

(a) :is”k dqekj(b) jkts”k dqekj (c) jes”k dqekj (d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

121. orZeku esa eqxyljk; eaaMy ds eaMy jsy izca/kd dkSu gSa& Ans. a

(a) iadt lDlsuk(b) jkds”k dqekj jkS”ku(c) :is”k dqekj (d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

122. Hkkjr esa igyh jsyxkM+h dc pyh&Ans. a(a) 1853(b) 1858(c) 1953(d) 1857

123. gkthiqj tksu ds varxZr fdrus eaMy gS& Ans. c(a) 3(b) 4(c) 5(d) 6

123. dfVgkj eaMy fdl tksu ds varxZr vkrs gS& Ans. b(a) ECR(b) NFR(c) ER(d) NER

124. bykgkckn eaMy fdl tksu ds varxZr vkrs gS& Ans. b(a) ECR(b) NCR(c) ER

(d) NFR

125. ECoR dk eq[;ky; dgkWa gS& Ans. b(a) gkthiqj(b) Hkwous”oj(c) dVd(d) jk;iqj

126. Hkkjrh; jsyos esa lcls vf/kd yEckbZ fdl tksu dh gS&Ans. a

(a) mRrj jsyos (b) if”pe jsyos(c) iwoZ jsyos(d) nf{k.k jsyos

127. Hkkjr esa igyh ckj esVªks jsy lsok fdl uxj esaa vkjaHk dh xbZ& Ans. a

(a) dydRrk(b) eqEcbZ(c) fnYyh(d) enzkl

128. Hkkjrh; jsyos dk jk’Vªh;dj.k dc gqvk gS&Ans. b(a) 1850(b) 1950(c) 1953(d) 1857

129. lcls yach jsyos IysVQkeZ dgkWa gS&Ans. d

(a) dydRrk(b) eqEcbZ(c) xksj[kiqj(d) [kM+xiqj

130- Hkkjrh; jsyos dk laxzgky; dgkWa gS&Ans. c(a) dydRrk(b) eqEcbZ

(c) ubZ fnYyh(d) y[kuÅ

131- jsyos LVkQ dkWyst dgkWa gS&Ans. c(a) dydRrk(b) eqEcbZ(c) cM+ksnk(d) ubZ fnYyh

132- jsy dksp QSDVªh dgkWa gS&Ans. a(a) diwjFkyk(b) psUubZ(c) xksj[kiqj(d) okjk.klh

133- Hkkjr esa fdrus izdkj ds jsyekxZ gS&Ans. a(a) 3(b) 4(c) 2(d) 1

134- lcls yach nwjh r; djus okyh jsyxkM+h dkSu gS&Ans. a(a) foosd ,Dlizsl(b) fgelkxj ,Dlizsl(c) “krkCnh ,Dlizsl(d) laEidZ dzkafr ,Dlizsl

135- Hkkjr dh lcls yach Vuy dkSu gS& Ans. a(a) ihj iatky(b) tokgj lqjax (c) bxriqjh lqjax(d) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

RAJBHASA

136 On which date, Part XVII of the Constitution was passed in Parliament?lalnesalafo/kku dk HkkxXVII fdlrkjh[k dksikfjrgqvk\

Ans. a

a. 14.09.1949 b. 15.09.1948 c. 16.09.1949 d. 26.08.1950

137. When was the Official Languages Act 1963 passed Ans. ajktHkk’kkvf/kfu;e 1963 dc ikfjrgqvk\

a. 10.05.1963. b. 11.05.1964 c. 15.05.1965 d. None of these

138. When was the official languages Act 1963 amended ? Ans. ajktHkk’kkvf/kfu;e 1963 dc la”kksf/krgqvk\

a. 1967 b. 1968 c. 1976 d. None of these

139. What are all the three regions classified under Official Language Rules ?jktHkk’kkfu;e ds v/khuoxhZd`rrhu {ks= D;kD;kgS\

Ans. a

a ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ Regions b. ‘B’ and ‘C’ Regions c. A region d. None of these

140. When is ‘Hindi Day’ celebrated every year ? Ans. agjlkyfgUnhfnol dc euk;ktkrkgS\

a. September 14 b. September 15 c . September 16 d. None of these

141.According to Official Language Rules, under which region Andaman & Nicobar Islands come ? Ans. a

jktHkk’kkfu;e ds vuqlkjv.Meku o fudksckj }hi lewgfdl {ks= esavkrkgS\

a. ‘A’ Region. b. ‘B’ Regions c. ‘C’ Region d. none of these

142. Which are the Union Territories classified under Region ‘B’ ?Ans. da. Chandigarh, b. Dadra & Nagar Haveli c. Daman & Diu d. All of these.

143. What is the Official Language of Arunachal Pradesh ?Ans. av:.kkpy izns”k dh jktHkk’kkD;kgS\

a. English. b. Hindi c. Sanskrit d. None of these.

144.What is the Act passed to give legal form to the assurances given to Non-Hindi speaking people ? Ans. afgUnhrj Hkk’kh {ks=ksa dks fn;s x;s v”okluksa dks dkuwuh :i nsus ds fy;s ikfjr vf/kfu;e D;k gS\a. 1967 / Official Languages Act b. 1968 c. 1969 d. 1976

145. From when did the Section 3(3) of Official Languages Act take effect ?jktHkk’kk vf/kfu;e dh /kkjk&3 ¼3½ dc ls izo`Rr gq;h\Ans. a

a 26 January 1965 b. 26 January 1964 c. 26 January 1966 d. none

146.In which part of the Constitution are the Articles 343-351, that gave information about Official Language available ? Ans. ajktHkk’kkuhfr dh tkudkjhnsusokysvuqPNsn 343&351 lafo/kku ds fdlHkkxessagS\

a. Part XVII . b. Part XVI c. Part XV d. Part XVIII

147.In which state, Sections 6 & 7 of Official Languages Act 1963 do not apply?Ans. a

jktHkk’kkvf/kfu;e 1963 dh /kkjk 6 o 7 fdljkT; esaykxwughagksrh\

a. Jammu and Kashmir b. Punjab c. Delhi d. none of these

148. In which states, Urdu has been declared as Official Language ?Ans. cfdu&fdujkT;ksaesaÅnwZdksjktHkk’kk ds :i esa ?kksf’krfd;kx;kgSA\

a. Andhra Pradesh b. Bihar c. Both a & b d. None of these

149.At present how many languages are enlisted in the Eighth Schedule of the Constitution ? Ans. afQygkylafo/kku dh vkBohavuqlwphesafdruhHkk’kk;salfEefyrgS\

a. 22 b. 23 c. 24 d. 25

150.In which Article is the provision regarding OL Policy available in Part-V of the Constitution ? Ans. alafo/kku ds Hkkx&VessajktHkk’kkuhfrlEcfU/krmicU/k fdlvuqPNsnesasgS\

a. Article 120 b. Article 121 c. Article 122 d. none of these

151.Name the article in which the provision of the Eighth Schedule of the Constitution is available. Ans. c

lafo/kku dh vkBohavuqlwphlaca/khizko/kkuesamiyC/k vuqPNsn dk ukecrkb;sA

a. Art 344(1) b. 351 c. Both a & b. D. None of these

152. What is the Official Language of the Union of India ?Ans. a

Hkkjrla?k dh jktHkk’kkD;kgS\a. Hindi in Devnagari Script. b.Urdu c. Sanskrit d. None of these

153. When was the Official Language Rules passed ?jktHkk’kkfu;e dc ikfjrgqvk\

a. 1976. b. 1977 c. 1978 d. 1975 Ans. a

154. How many Articles are there in Part XVII of the Constitution ?Ans. alafo/kku ds Hkkx&XVIIesafdrusvuqPNsngS\a. 9 b. 10 c. 11 d. none of these

155.In compliance of Article 344, when was the Official Language Commission formed ? Ans. a

vuqPNsn 344 ds vuqlj.kesajktHkk’kkvk;ksx dh fu;qfDr dc gq;h\

a. 1955. b.1956 c. 1957 d. 1959

156. Who was the First Chairman of the Official Language Commission ?jktHkk’kkvk;ksx ds izFke v/;{k dkSuFks\

Ans. a

a. Shri.B.G.Kher b. Shri. G.B.Pant c. L. N. Mishra d. none of these

157.Who was the First Chairman of the Committee which was formed on the recommendation of the Official Language Commission ?Ans. ajktHkk’kkvk;ksx dh flQkfj”kksaijfopkjdjus ds fy;sxfBrlfefr ds izFke v/;{k dkSuFks\

a. Shri. G.B.Pant b.Shri.B.G.Kher c. L. N. Mishra d. none of these

158.As per the Constitution, who is translating the statutory rules, regulations and orders? Ans. a

lafo/kku ds vuqlkj lkfof/kd fu;eksa] fofu;eksa vkSj vkns”kksa dk vuqokn dkSu djrk gS\

a. Law Ministry. b. Rail Ministry c. Finance Ministry d. none of these

159. Which Article comes under Part-VI ?Hkkx&VIessadkSulkvuqPNsngS\ Ans. a

a. Article 210 b. Article 221 c. Article 222 d. none of these

160.Who chaired the First Railway Hindi Salahkaar Samiti constituted in 1973 ?Ans. a

o’kZ 1973 esaxfBrigyhjsyosfgUnhlykgdkjlfefr dh v/;{krkfdlus dh\

a. Shri.Lalit Narayan Mishrab. Shri. B.G.Kher c. Shri. G.B.Pant d. none of these

161. Which Number would replace question mark in the series 7,12,19,? 39.

a. 29 b. 28 c. 26 d. 24 Ans. B

162.Which Number that comes next in the sequence : 4,6,12,14,28,30 (....)

a. 32 b. 60 c. 62 d. 64 Ans. b

163.Choose the word which is least like the other words in the group.

a. Zebra B. Lion C. Tiger D. Horse Ans. D

164.Choose the word which is least like the other words in the group.

A. Apple B. Lotus C. Rose D. Lily Ans. A

165. Choose the word which is least like the other words in the group.

A. January B. May C. March D. April Ans. D 166. Choose the word which is least like the other words in the group.

A. Copper B. Zinc C. Brass D. Aluminium Ans. C167. Mumbai :Maharastra : Trivandrum :

a. Kerala B. Bihar C. Chennai D. Kolkatta Ans. A 168. Vigilant : Alert : Viable :

a. Useful B. Active C. Feasible D. Hopeless Ans. C169. Pulp : Paper : Hemp :

a. Basket B. Yarn C. Rope D. Cotton Ans. C

Choose the word which is list like the other words in the group.170. A. Parrot b. Bat c. Crow d. Sparrow Ans. B171. A. Pistol b. Sword C. Rifle D. Gun Ans. B

172. In a certain code TEACHER is written as VGCEJGT. How is children written in.

A. EJKNEGTP B. EGKNFITP C. EJKNFGTO D. EJKNFTGP ANS. D

173.. Anil introduces rohit as the son of only brother of is father’s wife. How is rohit related to anil.

a. Cousin b. Son C. Son in law D. Brother Ans. A

174. 6, 11, 21, 36, 56 .........

A. 42 B. 51 C. 81 D. 91 Ans. C

175. 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, (.........)

A. 9 b. 11 c. 13 d. 18 Ans. C

176. Acting : Theatre : : Gambling : ?

a. Casino b. Club c. Bar D. Gymn Ans. A

177. Mango : Fruit: : Potato :?

A. Root b. Fruit C. Vegetable D. Flower Ans. C

178. Dog : Bark :: Goat : ?

a. Bleat b. Howl C. Grunt D. Bray Ans. A

179. 4, 8 , 28, 80, 244 ...............

A. 278 B. 428 C. 628 D. 728 Ans. D

180. 0, 6, 24, 60, 120 , 210 ...........

A. 240, B. 290 C. 336 D. 504 Ans : C

181. 4, 9, 16, 25, ...........

A. 36, B 49, C. 81 D. 64 Ans. A

182. 8, 27, 64, 125, ...........

A. 216 (b) 343 (C) 256 (D) 743 Ans : A

183. Karnataka : Banglore : : Orisa :

a. Bhubneswar B. Cuttack C Puri D. Jamshedpur Ans. A

184. India : Rupee : : China : ?

a. Yuan b. D inar C. Doller D. Pound Ans : A

185. Bus : Road : : Aeroplane : ?

a. Road b. Water C. Sky D. Non of these Ans. C

choose the word which is list like the other words in the group.

186. A. Bus b. Motor Cycle c. Scooter d. Cycle Ans. D

187.A. Patna b. Gaya C. Sasaram D. Varanasi Ans. D

188. A. Potato b. Brinjal C. Chilli d. Pumpkin Ans. A

189. Capital of Himachal Pradesh ?

a. Patna B. Lucknow c. Shimla D. Chandigarh Ans. C

190. Capital of Tripura ?

a. Agaratala B. Lucknow c. Shimla D. Chandigarh Ans. A191. Capital of Bihar ?A. Patna B. Lucknow c. Shimla D. Chandigarh Ans. A

192. Capital of Manipur ?

a. Dispur b. Imphal c. Shillong d. Guwahati Ans. B

193. Capital of Assam ?

b. Dispur b. Imphal c. Shillong d. Guwahati Ans. A

194. Look at the series 07, 10 8, 11, 9, 12 ...............

a. 7 b. 10 c. 12 d. 13 Ans. B

195. Look at the series 22, 21, 23, 22, 24, 23................

a. 22 b. 24 c. 25 d. 26 Ans. C

196. Look at the series 3, 4, 7, 11, 12 ...........

A. 7 b. 10 c. 14 d. 15 Ans. D

197. Look at the series F2, _, D8, C16, B32

A. A16B. G4C. E4D. E2 Ans. C198. Look at the series V, VIII XI, XIV, _ XX

A. IXB. XXIIIC. XVD. XVII Ans. D199. Look at the series V, VII, IX, ____

A. XIB. XIIC. XIIID. IIX Ans. A200. Look at the series VI, 10, V, 11, ____,12, III

A IIB. IV C. IX D. 14 Ans. B

Series-IV1- flxuyksa dks izk;% ykbu ds fdl rjQ yx;k tkrk gS \

¼d½ ck;sa ¼[k½ nk;sa¼x½ ck;s ;k nk;sa ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

1. Generally signal are placed in which direction of line?

(a) Left side (b) Right side (c) Left or Right side (d) None of these

2- f}ladsrh flxuy esa dkSu lk csjksd flxuy yxk;k tkrk gS\¼d½ okuZj ¼[k½ fMLVsaV ¼x½ gkse ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

2. Which permissive signal is placed in two aspect signalling ?

(a) Warner (b) Distance (c) Home (d) None of these

3- Ckgqladsr flxuy esa dkSu&lk csjksd flxuy yxk;k tkrk gS \¼d½ gkse ¼[k½ okuZj ¼x½ fMLVsaV ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

3. Which permissive signal is placed in multiple aspect signalling ?

(a) Home (b) Warner (c) Distance (d) None of these

4- fMLVsaV flxuy ^vkWu* fLFkfr easa dkSu lh cÙkh fn[kkrh gS \¼d½ ,d ihyh ¼[k½ nks ihyh ¼x½ yky ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

4. Which light is shown by distance signal is ‘ON’ position ?

(a) One Yellow (b)Two Yellow (c) Red (d) None of these

5- MCy fMLVsaV flxuy okyh O;oLFkk esa fMLVsaV flxuy esa dksSu lh cÙkh mlds ^vku* fLFkfr esa fn[kk;h nsrh gS \¼d½ ,d ihyh ¼[k½ nks ihyh ¼x½ yky ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

5. Which light is shown by distance signal is ‘ON’ position is double distant territory ?

(a) One Yellow (b)Two Yellow (c) Red (d) Non of these

6- tad'ku VkbZi :V bafMdsVj eas de ls de fdruh lQsn cÙkh tyus ij bls dk;Z’khy ekuk tkrk gS\¼d½ ikWp ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

6. For junction type route indicator how many lights should be lit to show its working order ?

(a) Five (b) Four (c) Three (d) None of these

7- f}ladsrh flxuy OoLFkk esa fdrus izdkj ds vkxeu jksd flxuy gksrs gS \¼d½ rhu ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ nks ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

7. In two aspect signalling arrangement how many approach stop signal are found ?

(a) Three (b) Four (c) Two (d) None of these

8- cqykok flxuy vius ^vkWu* fLFkfr esa dkSu lh cÙkh fn[kkrh gS \¼d½ ,d ihyh ¼[k½ yky ¼x½ dksbZ cÙkh ugha ¼?k½ nks ihyh

8. Which light shown by calling On signal is it’s ‘ON’ position ?

(a) One yellow (b) Red (c) No light (d) Two yellow

9- dkWfyax vkWu flxuy dks fdl jksd flxuy dks NksMdj lHkh jksd flxuyksa ij yxk;k tk ldrk gS\¼d½ gkse ¼[k½ vafre jksd flxuy ¼x½ LVkVZj flxuy ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

9. Calling On signal may be placed with all stop signal except which stop signal ?

(a) Home (b) Last stop signal (c) Starter signal (d) None of these

10- csjksd flxuy ds [kEHksa ij cgqladsrh flxuy O;OkLFkk esa dkSu&lk cksMZ yxk;k tkrk gS \¼d½ P ¼[k½ G ¼x½ A ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

10. In multiple signalling territory which board is placed on permissive signal ?

(a) P (b) G (c) A (d) None of these

11- ‘kaV flxuy dks fdl jksd flxuy dks NksM+dj lHkh jksd flxuyksa ds lkFk yxk;k tk ldrk gS \¼d½ izFke jksd flxuy ¼[k½ vafre jksd flxuy ¼x½ LVkVZj flxuy ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

11. Shunt signal may be placed with all stop signal except which stop signal ?

(a) First stop signal (b) Last stop signal (c) Starter signal (d) None of these

12- tc dksbZ ‘kaV flxuy fdlh jksd flxuy ds uhps yx;k tkrk gS rks og ^vkWu* fLFkfr esa dkSu lh cÙkh fn[kkrk gS\¼d½ yky ¼[k½ ,d ihyk ¼x½ nks lQsn ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

12. When a shunt signal placed below a stop signal what light light shown is its ‘ON’ condition ?

(a) Red (b) Two Yellow (c) Two white (d) No light

13- xkMZ fjihVj fdl izdkj dk flxuy gS \¼d½ vkxeu flxuy ¼[k½ izLFkku flxuy ¼x½ dksbZ flxuy ugh ¼?k½ csjksd flxuy

13. Which type of signal is Guard repeater ?

(a) Approach Signal (b) Departure Signal (c) No Signal (d) Permissive Signal

14- cgqladsrh flxuy OoLFkk esa fMLVasV flxuy dh U;wure n`’;rk nwjh fdruh gksrh gS \¼d½ 200 eh- ¼[k½ 400 eh- ¼x½ 1000 eh- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

14. In multiple signalling territory what is the minimum visibility distance of distance signal ?

(a) 200 mtr. (b) 400 mtr. (c) 1000 mtr. (d) None of these

15- ^lh* Dykl ds LVs’kuksa esa U;wure fdrus flxuy gksrs gS \¼d½ nks ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ pkj ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

15. How many minimum signal available at ‘C’ Class Station ?

(a) Two (b) Three (c) Four (d) None of these

16- cgqladsrh flxuy OoLFkk esa fMLVsaV flxuy de ls de fdruh nwjh ij gkse flxuy ls yxk;k tkrk gS\¼d½ 1000 eh- ¼[k½ 1200 eh- ¼x½ 800 eh- ¼?k½ 1400 eh-

16. In multiple signalling territory what I the minimum distance between distant signal ?


17- ch-th- esa ^Mh* Dykl LVs’ku ds ek/;e ls fdruh nwjh ij H cksMZ yxk;k tkrk gS\¼d½ 1400eh- ¼[k½ 800 eh- ¼x½ 1200 eh- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

17. In BG at ‘D’ class station where [H] board is placed from the centre of station ?


18- f}oladsrh flxuy O;oLFkk esa flxuy vksHkj ySi fdruk gksrk gS \¼d½ 120eh- ¼[k½ 180 eh- ¼x½ 300 eh- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

18. What is the signal overlap in two aspect signalling territory ?


19- Ckgqladsrh flxuy OoLFkk esa vksHkj ySi fdruk gksrk gS\¼d½ 180eh- ¼[k½ 120 eh- ¼x½ 400 eh- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

19. What is the signal overlap in multiple aspect signalling territory ?


20- ‘kafVax ds fy, fuEufyf[kr esa ls fdu flxuykas dk iz;ksx ugha fd;k tkrk gS \

¼d½ vkmVj ¼[k½ gkse ¼x½ vafre jksd flxuy ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

20. Which of the following signal not use for shunting purpose ?

(a) Outer (b) Home (c) last stop signal (d) None of these

21- dSp lkbZfMax fuEu esa ls fdldh j{kk djrk gS \¼d½ CykWd [kaM ¼[k½ LVs’ku [kaM ¼x½ LVs’ku ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

21. Catch siding protects which of the following ?

(a) Block section (b) Station section (c) Station (d) None of these

22- Lyhi lkbZfMax fuEu es ls fdldh j{kk djrk gS \¼d½ LVs’ku ¼[k½ CykWd [kaM ¼x½ LVs’ku [kaM ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

22. Slip siding protects which of the following ?

(a) Station (b) Block section (c) Station Section (d) None of these

23- flxuyksa dh tkudkjh th,lvkj ds fdl v/;k; esa nh x;h gS \¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ ikWp

23. Which chapter of GSR given information about signals ?

(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) Five

24- fo;kstu ,oa la;kstu QkeZ dk uEcj D;k gksrk gS \¼d½ Vh@511 ¼[k½ Vh@510 ¼x½ Vh@512 ¼?k½ Vh@351

24. What is the form number of disconnection and reconnection memo ?

(a) T/511 (b) T/510 (c) T/512 (d) T/351

25- Hkh-Vh-vks ds lEca/k esa tkudkjh fdl fu;e dh iqLrd esa nh tkrh gS \¼d½ ,l-MCyw-vkj ¼[k½ th-,l-vkj- ¼x½ MCyw-Vh-Vh- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

25. In which rule book knowledge of VTO has given ?

(a) SWR (b) GSR (c) WTT (d) None of these

26- Hkh-Vh-vks LVs’ku ekLVj ds ukafer txg ls cgqladsrh flxuy okys {ks= esa fdruh nwhjh ij yx;k tkrk gS\¼d½ 300&350 eh- ¼[k½ 250 eh- ¼x½ 180 eh- ¼?k½ 120 eh-

26. In multiple aspect signalling territory VTO is placed at which distance from the nominated

loction ?

(a) 300-350 mtr (b) 250 mtr (c) 180 mtr (d) 120 mtr

27- dqgkls gksus ij izFke iVkdk fdl flxuy ls 270 eh- dh nwjh ij yxk;k tkrk gS \¼d½ vafre jksd flxuy ¼[k½ LVkZVj flxuy ¼x½ izFke jksd flxuy ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

27. In foggy weather first detonator placed 270 mtr away from which signal ?

(a) Last stop signal (b) Starter Signal (c) First Stop signal (d) None of these

28- LVs’ku iVkdk jftLVj esa fdrus Hkkx gksrs gS\ ¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ pkj

28. Station Detonating Register contains how many parts ?

(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) Four

29- 2010 ds ckn cus iVkdksa dh lkekU; vk;q fdrus o”kZ gksrh gS \¼d½ 5 o”kZ ¼[k½ 7 o”kZ ¼x½ 8 o”kZ ¼?k½ 10 o”kZ

29. Normal life of detonator manufactured after 2010 is ?

(a) 5 Years (b) 7 Years (c) 8 Years (d) 10 Years

30- [kjkc flxuyksa dks ikj djus ds fy, dkSu lk ifjpkyu izkf/kdkj fn;k tkrk gS \¼d½ Vh@369 ¼[k½ Vh@369¼3ch½ ¼x½ Vh@351 ¼?k½ Vh@409

30. What is the operating form issued to pass a defective signal ?

(a) T/369 (b) T/369(3b) (c) T/351 (d) T/469

31- f}ladsrh flxuy Oo;LFkk eaas dkSu lk csjksd flxuy yxk;k tkrk gS \¼d½ fMLVsaV ¼[k½ okuZj ¼x½ vkmVj ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

31. Which of the following used as permissive signal Two aspect signalling territory ?

(a) Distant (b) Warner (c) Outer (d) None of these

32- Ckgqladsrh flxuy O;oLFkk eaas dkSu lk csjksd flxuy yxk;k tkrk gS \¼d½ okuZj ¼[k½ vkmVj ¼x½ fMLVsaV ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

32. Which of the following used as permissive signal in multiple signalling territory ?

(a) Warner (b) Outer (c) Distant (d) None of these

33- ^G* ekdZj okys xsV LVki flxuy ;fn ^vku* fLFkfr esa gks rks yksdk ik;yV dks fnu@jkr esa fdrus le; rd flxuy ij :duk pkfg,\¼d½ 1@2 feuV ¼[k½ 2@3 feuV ¼x½ 3@5 feuV ¼?k½ 5@10 feuV

33. At a ‘G’ marker gate stop signal in ‘ON’ condition how much time a loc pilot should stop Day/Night

time ?

(a) 1/2 minute (b) 2/3 minute (c) 3/5 minute (d) 5/10 minute

34- ;fn vkbZ-ch-,l- [kjkc gks ,oa yksdks ik;yV LVs’ku ekLVj ls laidZ ugha dj ik jgk gks rks yksdks ik;yV viuh xkM+h dks fdruh nsj jkdus ds ckn vf/kdre fdl xfr ls vkbZ-ch-,l dks ikj djsxk\¼d½ 5 feuV ,oa 10 fdeh@?kaVk ¼[k½ 10 feuV ,oa 15 fdeh@?kaVk ¼x½ 5 feuV ,oa 8 fdeh@?kaVk ¼?k½ 5@115 feuV

34. If a loco pilot found IBS defective and he fails to contact station master. How much time he will wait

at signal and what will be the maximum speed to pass the signal ?

(a) 05 mts & 10 kmph (b) 10 mts. & 15 kmph (c) 05 mts. & 08 kmph (d) 05 mts.& 15 kmph

35- [kjkc dkWVks ls xqtjrs le; xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksrh gS \¼d½ 5 fdeh@?kaVk ¼[k½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk ¼x½ 15 fdeh@?kaVk ¼?k½ 8 fdeh@?kaVk

35. What is the maximum speed of a train while passing on defective points ?


36- Ckqyko flxuy ,d fuEu izzdkj dk flxuy gS \¼d½ izLFkku ¼[k½ vkxeu ¼x½ csjksd ¼?k½ lgk;d

36. Calling on signal is which type of following signal ?

(a) Departure (b) Approach (c) Permissive (d) Subsidiary

37- iVk[kk flxuyksa dh tkWp djds mldh vk;q vf/kdre fdruksa o”kksZ rd c<+k;k tk ldrk gS \¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ pkj

37. Maximum how many year life of a detonator signal can be extended of the its testing ?


38- [kjkc vkxeu jksd flxuy dks ikj djus dk vfxze izkf/kdkj D;k gS \¼d½ Vh@ch 912 ¼[k½ Vh@Mh 912 ¼x½ Vh@351¼aA½

¼?k½ Vh@369¼3ch½38. What is the advance authority to pass a defective signal ?

(a) T/B 912 (b) T/D 912 (c) T/369 (I) (d) T/369(3b)

39- dkSu lk flxuy CykWd ;a= ls baVjykWDM gksrk gS \¼d½ gkse ¼[k½ LVkVZj ¼x½ vkmVj ¼?k½ vafre jksd flxuy

39. Which signal is interlocked with block instrument ?

(a) Home (b) Starter (c) Outer (d) last stop signal

40- tgkW Mcy fMLVasM yxs gS ogkW ij buj fMLVsaV ukeZy iksth’ku esa dSlh cÙkh fn[kkrk gS \¼d½ ,d ihyh ¼[k½ nks ihyh ¼x½ gjh ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

40. What light inner distant shows in its normal position in double distant territory ?

(a) One yellow (b) Two yellow (c) Green (d) None of these

41- Ok”kZ 2010 ls igys fufeZr iVk[ks dh vk;q fdruh gksrh gS \¼d½ 8 o”kZ ¼[k½ 7 o”kZ ¼x½ 5 o”kZ ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

41. What is the life of detonator manufactured befor 2010 ?

(a) 8 Yrs. (b) 7 Yrs. (c) 5 Yrs. (d) None of these

42- dksgjs ds ekSle esa fdrus iVk[ks yxk;s tkrs gS \¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ pkj

42. How many detonators used during foggy weather ?


43- vxj :fVax flxuy [kjkc gksrks buesa ls dkSu ls flxuy [kjkc ekuk tk;sxk\¼d½ vkmVj ¼[k½ gkse ¼x½ gkse] LVkVZj ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

43. If a routing signal found defective which of the following signal treated as defective ?

(a) Outer (b) Home (c) Home, Starter (d) None of these

44- flxuy ds gRFks ij ^X* ekdZ dk D;k vFkZ gS \¼d½ flxuy [kjkc gS ¼[k½ flxuy iz;ksx esa ugh gS ¼x½ ^d* ,oa ^[k* nksuksa ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

44. What is the meaning of ‘X’ on arm of a signal ?

(a) Signal is defective (b) signal not in used (c) ‘a’ and ‘b’ both (d) None of these

45- xkMZ o yksdks ik;yV dks fdrus iVk[ks fn;s tkrs gS \¼d½ izR;sd dks 10 iVk[ks ¼[k½ izR;sd dks 12 iVk[ks ¼x½ izR;sd dks 8 iVk[ks¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

45. How many detonator supplied to Loco pilot Guard ?

(a) 10 to each one (b) 12 to each one (c) 8 to each one (d) None of these

46- Qkx flxuy eSau iVkdk yxkus ds ckn QkWx flxuy iksLV ls fdruh nwjh ij [kM+k gksxk \¼d½ 45 eh- ¼[k½ 55 eh- ¼x½ 46 eh- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

46. After placing fog signal at what distance fog signal man will stand from fog signal post ?


47- vkxeu flxuy [kjkc gks tk;s rks xkM+h dSls fjlho dh tk;sxh \¼d½ ‘kaV flxuy vkWQ djds ¼[k½ dkWfyax vku flxuy vkWQ djds

¼x½ nksuksa vkWQ djds ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA47. If an approach signal became defective, how a train can be received ?

(a) Tacking off shunt signal (b) Tacking off calling on signal (c) Tacking off both signal (d) None of these

48- vdsys [kEHks ij yxk iksth’ku VkbZi ‘kaV flxuy ^vkWu* fLFkfr esa D;k ladsr nsrk gS \ ¼d½ ,d lQsn crh ¼[k½ nks lQsn crh ¼x½ nks lQsn frjNh crh ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

48. What light is shown by position type shunt signal placed on independent post ?

(a) One light light (b) Two straight white light (c) Two cross straight white light

(d) None of these

49- dkWfyax vkWu flxuy ^vkWQ* dh fLFkfr esa dSlh jks’kuh fn[kkrk gS\ ¼d½ ,d NksVh ihyh crh ¼[k½ ,d gjh crh ¼x½ nks ihyh crh ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

49. What light is shown calling on signal is off aspect ?

(a) A miniature yellow light (b) one green light (c) Two yellow light

(d) None of these

50- [kjkc LVkVZj flxuy ds fy, lqij QkLV xkM+h dks Vh@369¼3ch½ dgkW ls fn;k tk;sxk \¼d½ uksfVl LVs’ku ls ¼[k½ Bhd fiNys LVs’ku ls ¼x½ mlh LVs’ku ls ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

50. From which station T/369(3b) will be issued for defective starter signal for superfast Train ?

(a) Notice station (b) Just station in rear (c) Same Station (d) None of these

51- iwoZ e/; jsy es miyC/k lHkh bdgjh ykbu LVs’ku fdl Js.kh ds LVs’ku gS \¼d½ ^,* ¼[k½ ^ch* ¼x½ ^lh* ¼?k½ ^Lis’ky

51. All signal line station on ECR is which class ?

(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) Special

52- bdgjh ykbu Cykd lapkyu esa tkWp flxuy fdruh ?kaVh ctkdj dh tkrh gS \¼d½ 1 ¼[k½ 2 ¼x½ 3 ¼?k½ 16

52. In single line block working how many beat are used for signalled testing ?

(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 16

53- nks csy chVks ds chp fdrus le; dk varjky gksuk pkfg;s \ ¼d½ 20 lsdsaM ¼[k½ 30 lsdsaM ¼x½ ,d feuV ¼?k½ nks feuV

53. What is the time interval between two bell beats ?

(a) 20 second (b) 30 second (c) One minute (d) Two minute

54- fdlh Hkh xkM+h dks dkSu lk izkf/kdkj nsdj vxys CykWd LVs’ku ds fy, Hkstk tkrk gS\¼d½ Vh@351¼aA½ ¼[k½ Vh@369¼3ch½ ¼x½ izLFkku ¼?k½ bues ls dkbZ ugh

54. What is the time interval between two bell beats ?

(a) T/369(I) (b) T/369(3b) (c) Authority to proceed (d) None of these

55- CykWd midj.k ls fudkys ,oa mlesa j[ks x;s Vksduks dk fooj.k fdl iaftdk esa fy[kk tkrk gS\

¼d½ Vh-,l-vkj- ¼[k½ LVs’ku Mk;jh ¼x½ flxuy foQyrk iaftdk ¼?k½ bues ls dkbZ ugh

55. Details of token extracted/inserted from block instrument is written in which register ?

(a) Train signal register (b) station diary (c) Signal failure register (d) None of these

56- izkbZosV uEcj lhV fdlh futh vfHkj{kk esa jgrh gS\¼d½ LVs’ku v/kh{kd ¼[k½ LVs’ku Mk;jh ¼x½ dk;Zjr LVs’ku ekLVj ¼?k½ bues ls dkbZ ugh

56. Private number sheet should be kept in which personnel custody ?

(a) SS (b) SM (c) on duty SM (d) None of these

57- isij ykbu Dyh;j fVdV dk QkeZ uEcj D;k gS \¼d½ Vh@lh 1425 ,oa Vh@Mh 1425 ¼[k½ Vh@, 1425 ,oa Vh@ch 1425 ¼x½ Vh@1410 ,oa Vh@1415 ¼?k½ Vh@1525 ,oa Vh@1530

57. What is the form number Paper line clear ticket ?

(a) T/C 1425 and T/D 1425 (b) T/A 1425 and T/B 1425

(c) T/140 and T/1415 (d) T/1525 and T/1530

58- izkbZosV uEcj dks fdrus izdkj ls fn;k tkrk gS ,oa mldh ikorh nh tkrh gS \¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ bues ls dkbZ ugh

58. In how many ways private number are given and acknowledge ?

(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) None of these

59- isij ykbu Dyh;j fVdV esa izkbosV uEcj dks fdrus rjhds ls fy[kk tkrk gS \¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ bues ls dkbZ ugh

59. How many ways private number is written in PLC ?

(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) None of these

60- isij ykbu Dyh;j QkeZ ¼ T/A 1425 and T/B 1425 ½ esa dqy fdrus dkWye gksrs gS\ ¼d½ ,d ¼[k½ nks ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ pkj

60. How many columns in PLC ¼ T/A 1425 and T/B 1425 ½ available?


61- ykbu Dyh;j ysus@nsus dh ftEEksnkjh fdldh gksrh gS \¼d½ LVs/kh ¼[k½ LVsek ¼x½ dk;Zjr LVsek ¼?k½ bues ls dkbZ ugh

61. The responsibility of LC granting / Tacking is ?

(a) SS (b) SM (c) On duty SM (d) None of these

62- vo:) ykbZu ij xkM+h izos’k ds fy, dkSu lk QkeZ fn;k tk;sxk \¼d½ Vh@511 ¼[k½ Vh@509 ¼x½ Vh@806 ¼?k½ Vh@512

62. Which form given to Loco Pilot while entering in block line?

¼a½ T/511 ¼ b½ T/509 ¼ c½ T/806 ¼ d½ T/512

63- vojks/k ds fdruh nwjh ij jksd gkFk flxuy fn[kk;k tk;sxk \¼d½ 46 eh0 ¼[k½ 50 eh0 ¼x½ 45eh0 ¼?k½ 60 eh0

63. Which form given to Loco Pilot while entering in block line?

¼a½ 46 mtr. ¼ b½ 50 mtr. ¼ c½ 45 mtr. ¼ d½ 60 mtr.

64- lkeqfgd izLFkku flxuy okyh ykbZu ls xkM+h izLFkku gsrq dkSu lk QkeZ dks fn;k tk;sxk \¼d½ Vh@512 ¼[k½ Vh@511 ¼x½ Vh@510 ¼?k½ Vh@409

64. Which form given to Loco Pilot while departure of train from line provided

with a common departure line ?

¼a½ T/512 ¼ b½ T/511 ¼ c½ T/510 ¼ d½ T/409

65- tc dksbZ xkM+h uu flxuy@ju jfuax ykbZu ls pykus dh vko’;drk gks rks fdl QkeZ ij fyf[kr izkf/kdkj yksdks ik;yV dks fn;k tk;sxk \¼d½ Vh@510 ¼[k½ Vh@512 ¼x½ Vh@511 ¼?k½ Vh@806

65. Which form given to Loco Pilot when departure a train from Non-signalled line?

¼a½ T/510 ¼ b½ T/512 ¼ c½ T/511 ¼ d½ T/806

66- iqujko`fr flxuy ds [kaHks ij dkSu lk fpUg jgrk gS \¼d½ lQsn xksy pdjh ij ^R* v{kj ¼dkyk½ ¼[k½ lQsn xksy pdjh ij ihyk ^R* v{kj¼x½ ihyk pdjh ij dkyk ^R* v{kj ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughA

66. Which Signal is repeating signal post?

¼a½ R(Black) on white round circle ¼ b½ R (yellow) on white round circle. ¼ c½ R (Black) on yellow circle ¼ d½ None of these.

67- ikl vf/kdre fdrus fnuksa ds fy, tkjh dh tkrh gS \¼d½ rhu eghuk ¼[k½ pkj eghuk ¼x½ ikWp eghuk¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughA

67. Issue pass for how many day?

¼a½ 03 months ¼ b½ 04 months ¼ c½ 05 months ¼ d½ None of

these.

68- vxys LVs’ku dk gkse flxuy [kjkc gks tkus ij fiNys LVs’ku tkjh dh tkusokyh vf/kdkj i= dkSu lk gS \¼d½ Vh@369 ¼3ch½ ¼[k½ Vh@369¼1½ ¼x½ Vh@806

¼?k½ Vh,@60268. If home signal defective of stn in advance which authority given stn in rear ?

¼a½ T/369 (3b) ¼ b½ T/369(1) ¼ c½ T/806 ¼ d½ T/A 602

69- tc [k.M esa dksbZ lrdZrk vkns’k ugh gS rks yksdks ik;yV dks dkSu lk izkf/kdkj i= fn;k tk;sxk \¼d½ Vh@, 409 ¼[k½ Vh@409 ¼x½ Vh@ch 409 ¼?k½ dksbZ ugh

69. If no caution order in section which authority given to Loco pilot ?

¼a½ T/A 409 ¼ b½ T/409 ¼ c½ T/B 409 ¼ d½ None of these.

70- loksZp vihyh; vf/kdkjh dkSu gksrs gS \¼d½ eaMy jsy izca/kd ¼[k½ egkizca/kd ¼x½ iz/kkuea=h ¼?k½ jk"Vªifr

71. Who is the supreme appeal authority ?

¼a½ DRM ¼ b½ GM ¼ c½ Prime Minister ¼ d½ President.

71- jsy lsod fdu esa ls fdlh ikVhZ dk iksfyax ,tsUV cu ldrk gS \¼d½ lÙkk/kkjh ikVhZ ¼[k½ foi{kh ikVhZ ¼x½ {ks=h; ikVhZ

¼?k½ fdlh ikVhZ dk lnL; ugh71. When Rly employees can work as polling agent ?

¼a½ Ruling Party ¼ b½ Opposition Party ¼ c½ Zonal Party ¼ d½ No any

member of party

72- lqfo/kk ikl ij fdruh ckj ;k=k dh vuqefr gS \¼d½ nks ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ ,d ¼?k½ vlhfer ckj

72. How many time permit to travel one previlage pass ?

¼a½ Two ¼ b½ Three ¼ c½ One ¼ d½ No limitation

73- lsok fuo`fr ij vf/kdre fdrus fnuksa dh vftZr vodk’k dk uxnhdj.k gksrk gS \¼d½ 240 fnuksa ¼[k½ 300 fnuksa ¼x½ 150 fnuksa ¼?k½ 200 fnuksa

73. How many maximum days for cash payment of LAP after retirement ?

¼a½ 240 days ¼ b½ 300 days ¼ c½ 150 days ¼ d½ 200 days

74- xzqi lh ,oa Mh deZpkjh ds izFke ikWpo"kksZ rd izR;sd o"kZ fdruk lqfo/kk ikl ns; gks \¼d½ nks ¼[k½ ,d ¼x½ rhu ¼?k½ bues ls dksbZ ugh

74. How many previlage pass on 1st five year given to employee ?

¼a½ Two ¼ b½ One ¼ c½ Three ¼ d½ None of these

75- tks ykbZu flxuyksa ls fu;af=r gksrh gS \¼d½ uu jfuax ykbZu ¼[k½ jfuax ykbZu ¼x½ esu ykbZu ¼?k½ bues ls dksbZ ugh

75. Line controlled by signal ?

¼a½ Non running line¼ b½ Running line ¼ c½ Main line ¼ d½ None of these

76- LFkk;h xfr izfrca/k dh lwpuk dgkW fy[kh gksrh gS \¼d½ ifCyd Vkbe Vscqy esa ¼[k½ dk;Zdkjh le; lkj.kh esa¼x½ lekU; ,oa lk/kkj.k fu;e esa ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ugh gSA

76. Where mention in permanent speed restriction ?

¼a½ Public time table ¼ b½ Working time table

¼ c½ GR & SR ¼ d½ None of these.

77- flxuyksa dks dkWVks ls tqM+k gksuk dgykrk gS \¼d½ flxufyax ¼[k½ baVjykWfdax ¼x½ CykWd [k.M¼?k½ dkWVk ladsr

77. Point & Signal connected is called ?

¼a½ Signalling ¼ b½ Interlocking ¼ c½ Block section ¼ d½ Point

indicator

78- ,uheksehVj fdl ckr dh lwpuk nsrh gS \¼d½ rqQku ¼[k½ o"kkZ ¼x½ HkqdEi

¼?k½ bues ls dksbZ ugh78. What information noticed anemometer ?

¼a½ Cyclone ¼ b½ Rain ¼ c½ Thunder ¼ d½ None of

these

79- uksfVl LVs’ku dh tkudkjh dgkW feyrh gS \¼d½ lkekU; ,oa lk/kkj.k fu;e iqfLrdk ¼[k½ nq?kZVuk eSuqvy

¼x½ dk;Zdkjh le; lkj.kh ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughA79. Where is information of notice station ?

¼a½ GR & SR ¼ b½ Accident Manual

¼ c½ Working Time table ¼ d½ None of these.

80- LFkk;h flxuy dk LFkku cnyus ij fdrus fnuksa rd lrZdrk vkns’k tkjh fd;k tkuk pkfg, \¼d½ 15 fnu ¼[k½ 30 fnu ¼x½ 10 fnu

¼?k½ 90 fnu

80. How many days caution imposed when position of permanent signal Change ?


81- QkVdokyk dk n{krk fdrus o"kksZ rd oS/k gksrk gS \

¼d½ 01 o"kZ ¼[k½ 02 o"kZ ¼x½ 03 o"kZ¼?k½ 04 o"kZ

81. Validity of competency of Gateman ?

¼a½ 01 year ¼ b½ 02 year ¼ c½ 03 year ¼ d½ 04 year

82- QkVdokyk dks n{krk izek.k i= dkSu izkf/kdkjh }kjk fn;k tk;sxk \¼d½ LVs/kh@[k.Mh; ;kfu ¼[k½ {ks=h; vf/kdkjh ¼x½ ,d LVs’ku ekLVj

¼?k½ flxuy fujh{kd82. Who will authorized to issue competency certificate of G.Man ?

¼a½ SS/Sec.TI ¼ b½ Area officer ¼ c½ Station Master ¼ d½ Signal

Inspector

83- batu yksM ij tksM+rs le; fdruh nwjh ij batu jksduk pkfg, \¼d½ 30 ehVj ¼[k½ 10 ehVj ¼x½ 20 ehVj

¼?k½ 05 ehVj83. At the time of couple load at what distance engine should stop ?


84- 'kfVax ds nkSjku vf/kdre xfr \¼d½ 15 fdeh@izfr ?kaVk ¼[k½ 30 fdeh@izfr ?kaVk¼x½ 05 fdeh@izfr ?kaVk ¼?k½ vf/kdre Lohd`r xfrA

84. Maximum speed of shunting ?

¼a½ 15 KMPH ¼ b½ 30 KMPH ¼ c½ 05 KMPH ¼ d½ Permissible Speed

85- ,d jkWyj fo;fjax ;qDr okgu dh 'kafVx djrs le; vf/kdre /kDdk ekjus dh xfr fdruh fd-eh- gksxh \¼d½ 15 fd-eh- ¼[k½ 20 fd-eh- ¼x½ 25 fd-eh- ¼?k½ 05 fd-eh-

85. What is the maximum impact speed during shunting with one rolling bearing wagon?

¼a½ 15 Kmph ¼ b½ 20 kmph ¼ c½ 25 kmph ¼ d½ 05 kmph

86- ywt 'kafVx eukgh gS \ ¼d½ lokjh xkM+h ¼[k½ [kk|kUu Hkjh xkM+h ¼x½ foLQksVd ls Hkjh xkM+h ¼?k½ d ,oa x nksuks

86. Loose shunting not permitted out of following ?

¼a½ Passenger Train ¼ b½ Loaded with Food grain ¼ c½ Loaded with explosive ¼ d½ Both A and C

87- fdrus ?kaVs ls vf/kd yksM LVscy jgus ij xkMZ & MªkbZoj fjiksZV rS;kj fd;k tk;sxk \¼d½ 24 ?kaVs ls vf/kd ¼[k½ 48 ?kaVs ls vf/kd ¼x½ 12 ?kaVs ls vf/kd ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ugh

87. GDR report will be prepared for the load which stable more than how many hours ?

¼a½ Above 24 hrs. ¼ b½ Above 48 hrs. ¼ c½ Above 12 hrs. ¼ d½ None of these

88- yksM LVscy djrs le; fdl fu;e dk ikyu djuk pkfg, \¼d½ l-fu 8-06 ¼[k½ l-fu- 5-23 ¼x½ l-fu- 4-09 ¼?k½ l-fu- 5-09

88. Which rule is followed during load stabling ?

¼a½ S.R. 8.06 ¼ b½ S.R. 5.23 ¼ c½ S.R. 4.09 ¼ d½ S.R. 5.09

89- LVs’ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh gLrk{kfjr gksaxs \¼d½ ela{kkf/k ¼[k½ eipkiz ¼x½ oeipkiz ¼?k½ lipkiz

89. Who will Sign SWR ?

¼a½ DSO ¼ b½ DOM ¼ c½ Sr.DOM ¼ d½ AOM

90- LVs’ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh dh oS/krk gS \¼d½ 03 o"kZ ¼[k½ 05 o"kZ ¼x½ 01 o"kZ ¼?k½ nks 'kq)hiphZ ds ckn

90. What is the validity of SWR ?

¼a½ 03 years ¼ b½ 05 years ¼ c½ 01 years ¼ d½ After 02

Correction slip

91- 'kafVx fd lekU; xfr D;k gS \¼d½ 30 fd-eh- iz-?ka- ¼[k½ 20 fd-eh- iz-?ka- ¼x½ 15 fd-eh- iz-?ka- ¼?k½ 05 fd-eh- iz-?ka-

91. What is the normal speed of shunting ?

¼a½ 30 kmph ¼ b½ 20 kmph ¼ c½ 15 kmph ¼ d½ 05 kmph

92- 'kafVx fdrus izdkj ds gS \¼d½ nks ¼[k½ pkj ¼x½ N% ¼?k½ vkB

92. How many type of shunting ?

¼a½ 02 ¼ b½ 04 ¼ c½ 06 ¼ d½ 08

93- iksth’ku ykbZV 'kaV flxuy vkWQ dh fLFkrh esa cRrh tyrh gS \¼d½ nks lh/kh lQsn cÙkh ¼[k½ nks frjNh lQsn cÙkh ¼x½ nks ihyh cÙkh ¼?k½ dksbZ cÙkh ugh

93. Which light is shown by position type shunt signal is off aspect ?

¼a½ Two straight white light ¼ b½ Two diagonal white light ¼ c½ Two yellow light ¼ d½ No light

94- iqu’p;kZ fd oS/krk D;k gksrh gS \¼d½ rhu o"kZ ¼[k½ nks o"kZ ¼x½ ,d o"kZ ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ugh

94. What is the validity of Refresher course ?

¼a½ 03 year ¼ b½ 02 year ¼ c½ 01 year ¼ d½ None of these

95- LVsek d{k ds lkeus fdl jax dk o`rkdkj txg vkWy jkbV flxuy ,Dlpsat djus gsrq cuk jgrk gS \¼d½ yky ¼[k½ gjk ¼x½ ihyk ¼?k½ uhyk

95. What is the colour of circle made in front of SM office to exchange All right signal ?

¼a½ Red ¼ b½ Green ¼ c½ Yellow ¼ d½ Blue

96- fuEu fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa LVsek ,oa laj{kk ls tqM+s deZpkfj;ksa dks vk’oklu nsuk vko’;d ugh gS \¼d½ u;k deZpkjh LVs’ku ij dk;ZHkkj xzg.k djrs gSA ¼[k½ tc LVs’ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh esa dksbZ lalks/ku gksrk gSA ¼x½ dksbZ deZpkjh 15 fnu ;k mlds vf/kd fnu ls vuqifLFkfr i'pkr~ dk;ZHkkj xzg.k djrk gksA ¼?k½ dksbZ deZpkjh vius f’k¶V ls nwljs f’k¶V esa dk;Z djrk gSA

96. In which of the following case assurance of SM is not necessary ?

¼a½ When new staff take charge ¼ b½ If any correction in SWR ¼ c½ When a staff joined duty after 15 days ¼ d½ When a staff changed his shift

97- LVs’ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh fdlds }kjk cuk;k tkrk gS \¼d½ eaMy }kjk ¼[k½ eq[;ky; }kjk ¼x½ LVs’ku }kjk ¼?k½ blesa ls dksbZ ugh

97. Who prepare SWR ?

¼a½ By division ¼ b½ By HeadQuater ¼ c½ By station ¼ d½ None of these

98- LVs’ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh esa fdrus ifjf’k"V gksrs gS \¼d½ pkj ¼[k½ ikWp ¼x½ N% ¼?k½ lkr

98. How many appendix is in SWR ?

¼a½ 04 ¼ b½ 05 ¼ c½ 06 ¼ d½ 07

99- lokjh xkM+h esa batu tksM+rs le; fdruh nwjh ij batu [kM+k djuk gS \¼d½ 15 eh0 ¼[k½ 20 eh0 ¼x½ 25 eh0 ¼?k½ 05 eh0

99. What the distance when a loco coupled with coaching vehicle ?


100- 'kafVx ds nkSjku l[r eukgh gS \¼d½ 'kafVx ds nkSjku okguksa ds uhps ls xqtjukA¼[k½ ,d gh le; esa ,d xkM+h ds nksuksa Nksj ls ,d lkFk 'kafVx djkukA ¼x½ difyax ;k dkmdspj ij p<ukA

¼?k½ mijksDr lHkhA100. Which of the following is strictly prohibited during shunting ?

¼a½ Crossing of track under vehicle during shunting ¼ b½ Shunting in both direction at same

time ¼ c½ Riding on coupling or cow catcher ¼ d½ Above all.

101- vksisu oSxu ugh gS \¼d½ ckWDl,u ¼[k½ ckWch,u ¼x½ chlh,u ¼?k½ ch-,Q-vkj

101. Which of the following is not a open wagon ?

¼a½ BOXN ¼ b½ BOBYN ¼ c½ BCN ¼ d½ B.F.R

102- CykWd LVs’ku ds fdrus izdkj gS \¼d½ 02 ¼[k½ 03 ¼x½ 04 ¼?k½ 05

102. How many type of block station ?

¼a½ 02 ¼ b½ 03 ¼ c½ 04 ¼ d½ 05

103- ,d jsd LVscqy djrs le; de ls de fdruk xqV[kk nksuksa Nksj ds ckgjh tksM+s ifg;s ds uhps bLrseky djuk gS \¼d½ 02 tksM+s ¼[k½ 03 tksM+s ¼x½ 04 tksM+s ¼?k½ 08 tksM+s

103. How many sprage used during stabling of load at out in most wagon ?

¼a½ 02 pairs ¼ b½ 03 pairs ¼ c½ 04 pairs ¼ d½ 08 pairs

104- LVs’ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh ds fdl ifjf’k"V esa deZpkjh dh M;wVh of.kZr gS \¼d½ ifjf’k"V ^d* ¼[k½ ifjf’k"V ^[k* ¼x½ ifjf’k"V ^x* ¼?k½ ifjf’k"V ^?k*

104. Which of the appendix of SWR is dealing with duty of staff ?

¼a½ Appendix ‘A’ ¼ b½ Appendix ‘B’ ¼ c½ Appendix ‘C’ ¼ d½ Appendix ‘D’

105- Hkkjrh; jsy dks fdrus {ks=h; tksuks esa ckWVk x;k gS \¼d½ 12 ¼[k½ 13 ¼x½ 15 ¼?k½ 16

105. How many Zone are is Indian Railway ?

¼a½ 12 ¼ b½ 13 ¼ c½ 15 ¼ d½ 16

106- {ks=h; jsy ds iz/kku vf/kdkjh dkSu gksrs gS \¼d½ iz/kku eq[; ifjpkyu izca/kd ¼[k½ egkizca/kd

¼x½ miegkizca/kd ¼?k½ iz/kku eq[; okf.kT; izca/kd

106. Who is the head of Zonal Railway ?

¼a½ PCOM ¼ b½ GM ¼ c½ Dy.GM ¼ d½ PCCM

107- jsyos cksMZ dh LFkkiuk dc gqbZ \¼d½ 1905 ¼[k½ 1910 ¼x½ 1915 ¼?k½ 1920

107. When Railway Board establised ?

¼a½ 1905 ¼ b½ 1910 ¼ c½ 1915 ¼ d½ 1920

108- iwoZ e/; jsy dk eq[;ky; dgk vofLFkr gS \¼d½ lksuiqj ¼[k½ gkoM+k ¼x½ gkthiqj ¼?k½ xksj[kiqj

108. Where is the Head Quarter of ECR ?

¼a½ Sonpur ¼ b½ Howrah ¼ c½ Hajipur ¼ d½ Gorakhpur

109- iwoZ e/; jsy esa fdrus eaMy dks ckWVk x;k gS \¼d½ 2 ¼[k½ 3 ¼x½ 4 ¼?k½ 5

109. How many division in ECR ?

¼a½ 2 ¼ b½ 3 ¼ c½ 4 ¼ d½ 5110- jktHkk"kk fu;e 1976 ds vuqlkj fgUnh ds izpkj izlkj ds fy, Hkkjr dks

fdrus {ks=ksa esa ckWVk x;k gS \¼d½ 2 ¼[k½ 3 ¼x½ 4 ¼?k½ 5

110. How many territory India has divided under Rajbhasha Rule ?

¼a½ 2 ¼ b½ 3 ¼ c½ 4 ¼ d½ 5111- foJke ds fnu dke djus ij xzqi lh ,oa Mh deZpkjh dks fdrus fnu ds vUnj

izfriwjd vodk’k ns; gS \¼d½ 30 fnu ¼[k½ 20 fnu ¼x½ 15 fnu ¼?k½ 35 fnu

111. In which day CR should be given to employee who worked in his rest ?


112- iq:"k deZpkjh ftuds nks ls de thfor cPps gks iRuh dh izLrwrh ds nkSjku fdrus fnu fir`Ro vodk’k ns; gS \¼d½ 05 fnu ¼[k½ 10 fnu ¼x½ 15 fnu ¼?k½ 30 fnu

112. How many days paternity leave granted ?


113- ,d lky esa izR;sd fo|kFkhZ iq= dks fdrus lsV Ldwy ikl fn;s tkrs gS \¼d½ 03 lsV ¼[k½ 06 lsV ¼x½ 04 lsV ¼?k½ 1 lsV

113. How many set of school pass is allowed in one year for student son ?

¼a½ 03 sets ¼ b½ 06 sets ¼ c½ 04 sets ¼ d½ 01 sets

114- ,d o"kZ es fdrus fnu vftZr vodk’k ns; gksrk gS \

¼d½ 30 fnu ¼[k½ 15 fnu ¼x½ 45 fnu ¼?k½ 10 fnu

114. How many days LAP is allowed in one year ?


115- xksiuh; jiV fduds }kjk rS;kj fd;k tkrk gS \¼d½ dksbZ jsy deZpkjh }kjk ¼[k½ i;Zos{kd ;k vf/kdkjh }kjk

¼x½ dksbZ jkT; deZpkjh }kjk ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughA

115. Confidential report is prepared by which of the following ?

¼a½ By any railway emplyees ¼ b½ By supervisor or officers

¼ c½ By any state employee ¼ d½ None of these

116- y?kq vkjksi dk ekud QkeZ dkSu gS \¼d½ ,l-,Q&1 ¼[k½ ,l-,Q&04 ¼x½ ,l-,Q&11 ¼?k½ ,l-,Q&07

116. What is the standard form of minor charge sheet ?

¼a½ S.F - 01 ¼ b½ S.F - 04 ¼ c½ S.F - 11 ¼ d½ S.F - 07

117- AA , lqfo/kk ikl fdl jax dk gksrk gS \¼d½ yky ¼[k½ gjk ¼x½ mtyk ¼?k½ ihyk

117. What is the colour of II A pass ?

¼a½ Red ¼ b½ Green ¼ c½ White ¼ d½ Yellow

118- fdl xzsM is okys deZpkjh dks ihyk ikl feyrk gS \¼d½ 4200 ¼[k½ 4600 ¼x½ 2800 ¼?k½ 1800

118. Which grade pay employee is allowed yellow pass ?

¼a½ 4200 ¼ b½ 4600 ¼ c½ 2800 ¼ d½ 1800

119- dk;Zdky fu;e dks fdrus oxksZ esa ckWVk x;k gS \¼d½ 2 ¼[k½ 3 ¼x½ 4 ¼?k½ 6

119. How many part HOER is divided ?

¼a½ 2 ¼ b½ 3 ¼ c½ 4 ¼ d½ 6120- jsy jktHkk"kk vf/kfu;e dc cuk \

¼d½ 1976 ¼[k½ 1966 ¼x½ 1972 ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ugh

120. When Rajbhasha act formed ?

¼a½ 1976 ¼ b½ 1966 ¼ c½ 1972 ¼ d½ None of these

121- jkf= M;wVh HkÙkk fdl le; ls ns; gksrk gS \¼d½ 12 cts ls 20 cts rd ¼[k½ 06 cts ls 14 cts rd

¼x½ 22 cts ls 06 cts rd ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ugh 121. What is the time for NDA claiming ?

¼a½ Between 12.00 hrs to 20.00 hrs. ¼ b½ Between 06.00 hrs to 14.00 hrs

¼ c½ Between 22.00 hrst to 06.00 hrs. ¼ d½ None of these.

122- ,l-,Q- 11 D;k gS \ ¼d½ NksVh ‘kfLr ¼[k½ cM+h ‘kfLr ¼x½ fuyEcu ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ

ughaA

122. S.F. 11 means ?(a) Minor Penalty (b) Major Penalty (c) Suspension (d) Non of these

123- ,l-,Q- & 1 D;k gS \ ¼d½ fuyEcu dk ekud QkeZ ¼[k½ NksVh ‘kfLr dk ekud QkeZ ¼x½ cM+h ‘kfLRk dk ekud QkeZ ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

123. S.F. - 1 means ?(a) Standard form of Suspension (b) Standard form of Minor Penalty (c) Standard form of Major Penalty (d) Non of these

124- Hkkjr dh igyh jsy dgkW pyh \

¼d½ eqEcbZ ls Bk.ks ds chp ¼[k½ eqEcbZ ls ubZ fnYyh ¼x½ eqEcbZ ls cSaxyksj ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

124. Where 1st train move in India ?(a) Mumbai to Thane (b) Mumbai to New Delhi(c) Mumbai to Banglore (d) Non of these

125- iwoZ e/; jsy esa xaxk unh esa cuk lcls yEck jsy iqy dgkW gS \ ¼d½ eksdkek jsy lsrq ¼[k½ ts0ih0 lsrq¼x½ egkRek xkW/kh lsrq ¼?k½

txthou lsrqA

125. Where is longest bridge in ECR ?(a) Mokama Rail bridge (b) J.P. Bridge (c) Mahatma Gandhi bridge (d) Jagjeevan bridge

126- fo’o es lcls igyh jsy dc pyh \ ¼d½ 1915 ¼[k½ 1845 ¼x½ 1825 ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

126. When did the train first in the world?(a) 1915 (b) 1845 (c) 1825 (d) Non of these

127- Hkkjr esa fdrus izdkj ds jsy xst gS \ ¼d½ nks ¼[k½ rhu ¼x½ pkj ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

127. How many Rail Gauze in India ?(a) 02 (b) 03 (c) 04 (d) Non of these

128- Hkkjr esa lcls yEck IysVQkeZ \ ¼d½ lksuiqj ¼[k½ [kM+xiqj ¼x½ eqxyljk; ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

128. Longest Platform in India ?(a) Sonpur (b) Khargpur (c) Mughalsarai (d) Non of these

129- baVhxzy dksp QSDVªh dgkW gS \ ¼d½ isjkEcj ¼[k½ diqjFkyk ¼x½ csyk ¼?k½ eqxyljk;

129. Where is integral coach factory ?(a) Perambur (b) Kapurthla (c) Bela (d) Mughalsarai

130- Hkkjr esa izFke fo|qr batu dk fuekZ.k dc gqvk \ ¼d½ 1975 ¼[k½ 1971 ¼x½ 1965 ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

130. Where 1st Electric Engine constructed in India ?(a) 1975 (b) 1971 (c) 1965 (d) Non of these

131- vjktif=r jsydfeZ;ksa dks fdl mPpre Js.kh rd ikl ns; gS \ ¼d½ izFke Js.kh ikl ¼[k½ izFke Js.kh , ikl ¼x½ f}rh; Js.kh , ikl ¼?k½ f}rh; Js.kh ikl

131. Which highest category of pass inadmissible to non-Gazetted Rly employee ?(a) 1st class Pass (b) 1st class A Pass (c) 2nd class A Pass (d) 2nd class

132- f}rh; Js.kh , M;wVh ikl /kkjh jsydehZ bues ls fdl Vªsu esa ;k=k djus dks gdnkj gS\

¼d½ jkt/kkuh ¼[k½ ‘krkCnh ¼x½ nwjarks ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

132. In which train2nd class A Duty Pass holder is entitled to travel ?(a) Rajdhani (b) Shtabdi (c) Duranto (d) Non of these

133- oh0ih0,Q esa ^oh0*dk vFkZ D;k gksrk gS \ ¼d½ okLrfod ih-,Q- ¼[k½ LoSfPNd ih-,Q- ¼x½ egRoiw.kZ ih-,Q- ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

133. What is ‘V’ stand for VPF ?(a) Virtule PF (b) Voluntary PF (c) Vital PF (d) Non of these

134- ,p0 vkj0 ,0 dk iww.kZ :Ik D;k gS \ ¼d½ edku fdjk;k HkÙkk ¼[k½ fuokl dk HkÙkk ¼x½ ?kj dk HkÙkk ¼?k½ ?kj dk xqtkjk HkÙkk ughaA

134. Full form of HRA ?(a) House rent allowance (b) House residing allowance(c) House rate allowance (d) House retain allowance.

135- Vh0 ,0 dk iw.kZ :Ik D;k gS \ ¼d½ VªkWl iksVs’ku ,ykmUl ¼[k½ ;k=k HkÙkk ¼x½ Vwj ,ykmUl ¼?k½ VªkWaftV ,ykmUl

135. Full form of TA ?(a) Transportation allowance (b) Travelling allowance (c) Tour allowance (d) Transit allowance

136- Mh, dh x.kuk jkr dh ikyh esa nh x;h ?kaVks dh M~;wVh ls dh tkrh gS \ ¼d½ 21 cts ls 06 cts ¼[k½ 22 cts ls 06 cts¼x½ 23 cts ls 06 cts ¼?k½ 21 cts ls 05 cts

136. NDA hours is counted from the hours duty performed in night shift ?(a) 21 hrs to 06 hrs (b) 22 hrs to 06 hrs (c) 23 hrs to 06 hrs (d) 21 hrs to 06 hrs

137- ,uih,l dk iw.kZ :Ik D;k gS \ ¼d½ us’kuy isa’ku flLVe ¼[k½ U;w isa’ku Ldhe¼x½ U;w isa’ku fLLVe ¼?k½ us’kuy isa’ku Ldhe

137. Full form of NPS ?(a) National pension system (b) New pension scheme (c) New pension system (d) National pension scheme

138- ykbZu deZpkjh dks o”kZ esa fdrus fnu vkdfLed vodk’k feyrk gS \ ¼d½ 06 fnu ¼[k½ 08 fnu ¼x½ 12 fnu ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ

ugh

138. How many casual leave can avail line staff in a year ?(a) 06 days (b) 08 days (c) 12 days (d) None of these.

139- fir`Ro vodk’k fdrus ftohr cPps ij fn;k tkrk gS \ ¼d½ 03 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 01 ¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ugh

139. Paternity leave has given as how many live child ?(a) 03 (b) 02 (c) 01 (d) None of these.

140- nf{k.k iwoZ e/; jsy dk eq[;ky; dgk gS \ ¼d½ eqEcbZ ¼[k½ ukxiqj ¼x½ fo’kk[kiVue ¼?k½ foykliqj

140. Where is the headquater of SECR ?(a) Mumbai (b) Nagpur (c) Vishakapatnam (d) Bilaspur

141- fdl Dykl ds LVs’ku esa U;qVªy tksu gksrk gS \ ¼d½ ch Dykl ¼[k½ , Dykl ¼x½ lh Dykl ¼?k½ Mh Dykl

141. In which class of station Neutral zone is situated ?(a) ‘B’ Class (b) ‘A’ Class (c) ‘C’ Class (d) ‘D’ Class

142- vkbZ-ch-ih ,d ekuojfgr LVs’ku gS \ ¼d½ , Dykl ¼[k½ ch Dykl ¼x½ lh Dykl ¼?k½ buesa ls dkbZ

ugh

142. IBP is a unmanned station ?(a) ‘A’ Class (b) ‘B’ Class (c) ‘C’ Class (d) None of these

143- LVs’ku iVk[kk jftLVj ds fdrus Hkkx gksrs gS \ ¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½ 04

143. How many parts in Station detonator register ?(a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03 (d) 04

144- vxj fo/kqr batu ds gsMykbZV jkLrs esa [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr gksxh \

¼d½ 60 fdeh@?kaVk ¼[k½ 40 fdeh@?kaVk ¼x½ 75 fdeh@?kaVk ¼?k½ 25 fdeh@?kaVk

144. If the electric head light of an engine becomes in route the maximum speed of train is ?(a) 60 KMPH (b) 40 KMPH (c) 75 KMPH (d) 25 KMPH

145- fdrus MsM batu ,d ekyxkM+h esa yxk;s tk ldrs gS \ ¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½

buesa ls dkbZ ugh

145. How many dead locomotive may be attached in Goods train ?(a) 01 (b) 02 (c) 03 (d) None of these

146- lq;ksZn; dk rkRi;Z le; ls gS \ ¼d½ lq;ksZn; ls lq;kZLr rd ¼[k½ 06-00 cts ls 18-00 cts rd¼x½ 09 cts ls 17 cts ¼?k½ buesa ls dkbZ ugh

146. Day means the time from ?(a) Sun rise to sun set (b) 06.00 to 18.00 hrs (c) 09.00 to 17.00 hrs (d) None of these

147- eksVj Vªkyh ijfeV esa QkWeZ mi;ksx esa yk;k tkrk gS \ ¼d½ Vh@1525 ¼[k½ Vh@1410 ¼x½ Vh@1518 ¼?

k½ buesa ls dkbZ ugh

147. The form used as motor trolley permit ?(a) T/1525 (b) T/1410 (c) T/1518 (d) None of these

148- ,d vdsys batu pyus dks dgrs gS \ ¼d½ ik;yV batu ¼[k½ Vªsu batu ¼x½ ykbZV batu ¼?k½ buesa ls

dkbZ ugh

148. An engine running by itself is termed as ?(a) Pilot Engine (b) Train Engine (c) Light Engine (d) None of these

149- ,d iVk[ks ds fMCcs esa fdrus iVk[ks gksrs gS \ ¼d½ 10 ¼[k½ 08 ¼x½ 12 ¼?k½

buesa ls dkbZ ugh

149. How many detonators are contained in a case of detonator ?(a) 10 (b) 08 (c) ‘C’ Class (d) None of these

150- LVs’ku [k.M LVs’ku esa vko’; gksrk gS \ ¼d½ , Dykl LVs’ku ¼[k½ ch Dykl LVs’ku ¼x½ lh Dykl LVs’ku ¼?

k½ buesa ls dkbZ ugh

150. Station section must be provided on Station ?(a) ‘A’ Class Station (b) ‘B’ Class Station (c) ‘C’ Class Station (d) None of these

&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&

Answer Sheet Series-IV

1- d 2- d 3- x 4- d 5- [k 6- x

7- d 8- x 9- [k 10- d 11- d 12- ?k

13- x 14- [k 15- d 16- d 17-x 18- [k

19- [k 20- ?k 21- [k 22- [k 23- x 24- ?k

25- d 26- x 27- x 28- ?k 29- d 30- [k

31- [k 32- x 33- d 34- ?k 35- x 36- ?k

37- x 38- x 39- ?k 40- d 41- [k 42- [k

43- [k 44- [k 45- d 46-[k 47- [k 48- [k

49- d 50- x 51- [k 52- ?k 53- d 54- x

55- d 56- x 57- d 58- x 59- [k 60- ?k

61- x 62- [k 63- x 64- d 65- x 66- d

67- d 68- [k 69- d 70- ?k 71- ?k 72- ?k

73- [k 74- [k 75- [k 76- [k 77- [k 78- d

79- x 80- ?k 81- x 82- d 83- x 84- d

85- d 86- ?k 87- [k 88- [k 89- x 90- [k

91- x 92- x 93- [k 94- x 95- x 96- ?k

97- d 98- ?k 99- [k 100- ?k 101- x102- x

104- ?k 105- ?k 106- [k 107- d108- x 109- x

110- [k 111- d 112- x 113- d114- d 115- [k

116- x 117- ?k 118- x 119- ?k120- d 121- x

122- d 123- x 124- d 125- [k126- x 127- [k

128- [k 129- d 130- d 131- d132- ?k 133- [k

134- d 135- [k 136- [k 137- [k138- ?k 139- [k

140- ?k 141- [k 142- x 143- ?k144- [k 145- d

146- d 147- d 148- x 149- d150- [k

Series-V

1. Maximum permissible speed for shunting is ?'kfUVax dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gSAA. (15 KMPH) B. (10 KMPH) C. (05 KMPH) D. (30 KMPH)¼d½ 15 fdeh@?kaVk

¼[k½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk

¼x½ 05 fdeh@?kaVk

¼?k½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk

2. Shunting speed for explosives?foLQksVd inkFkZ ls yns okguksa ds 'kfUVax dh vf/kdre xfr gSAA. 05 KMPH B. 06 KMPH C. 07 KMPH D. 08 KMPH.¼d½ 05 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 07 fdeh@?kaVk


3. While attaching Engine with or without coaches to Passenger occupied train the Engine is to be stopped _______ away from the train before coupling. oSxuksa ,oa ;k=h okguksa dks 'kfUVax ds nkSjku batu ds lkFk tksM+rs le; fdruh nwjh ij [kM+k fd;k tkrk gSAA. 40 meters B. 30 meters C. 20 meters D. 10 meters

¼d½ 40 ehVj ¼[k½ 30 ehVj ¼x½ 20 ehVj ¼?k½ 10 ehVj4. Shunting order Form number is?

bueas ls dkSu lk 'kfUVax vkns'k dk QkeZ gSAA. (T.806) B. (T.409) C. (T.1409) D. (T.511)¼d½ Vh@806 ¼[k½ Vh@409 ¼x½

Vh@1409¼?k½ Vh@511

5. While performing shunting at day time how hand signal will be exhibited when the load has to be taken away from the person showing Hand Signal?fnu ds le; 'kfUVax djrs le; gkFk flxyu fdl izdkj iznf'kZr djasxas tcfd xkM+h dks flxuy nsus okys O;fDr ls nwj ys tkuk gSAA. Wave Red Hand signal slowly up & dn.

B. Wave Green Hand signal from right to left.

C. Wave Green Hand signal Up & Dn.

D. Wave Green Hand signal from right to left and slowly Up & Dn.

¼d½ yky >aMh dks /khjs&/khjs mij uhps fgykuk

¼[k½ gjh >aMh dks nk, ls ck, fgykuk

¼x½ gjh >aMh dks mij uhps fgykuk

¼?k½ gjh >aMh dks nk,&ckW, ,oa mij&uhps /khjs /khjs fgykuk

6. While performing shunting at day time how hand will be exhibited when the load has to be taken away far from the person showing Hand Signal?fnu ds le; 'kfUVax djrs le; Hkqtk fdl izdkj iznf'kZr djasxas tcfd xkM+h dks flxuy nsus okys O;fDr ls nwj ys tkuk gSAA. Wave Right Hand slowly up & dn.

B. Wave Right Hand from right to left.

C. Wave Right Hand quickly Up & Dn.

D. Wave Right Hand signal from slowly Up & Dn.

¼d½ nkW;h Hkqtk dks /khjs&/khjs mij uhps fgykuk

¼[k½ nk;h Hkqtk dks nk, ls ck, fgykuk

¼x½ nkW;h Hkqtk dks tYnh&tYnh mij uhps fgykuk

¼?k½ ckW;h Hkqtk dks mij&uhps /khjs /khjs fgykuk

7. While performing shunting at night how hand will be exhibited when the load has to be taken away far from the person showing Hand Signal?jkr ds le; 'kfUVax djrs le; gkFk cRrh fdl izdkj iznf'kZr djasxas tcfd xkM+h dks flxuy nsus okys O;fDr ls nwj ys tkuk gSAA. Wave Green light slowly up & dn.

B. Wave Green light from right to left.

C. Wave Green signal at other side.

D. Wave Green light from right to left and slowly Up & Dn.

¼d½ gjh cRrh dks /khjs&/khjs mij uhps fgykuk

¼[k½ gjh cRrh dks /khjs /khjs nkW, ls ck;s dh vksj fgykuk

¼x½ gjh >aMh dks nwljh vksj fgykuk

¼?k½ gjh cRrh dks nk,&ckW, ,oa mij&uhps /khjs /khjs fgykuk

8. While performing shunting at night how hand will be exhibited when the load has to be taken close to the person showing Hand Signal?jkr ds le; 'kfUVax djrs le; gkFk cRrh fdl izdkj iznf'kZr djasxas tcfd xkM+h dks flxuy nsus okys O;fDr dh vksj ykuk gSAA. Wave Green light slowly up & dn.

B. Wave Green light slowly from right to left.

C. Wave Green signal at other side.

D. Wave Green light from right to left and slowly Up & Dn.

¼d½ gjh cRrh dks /khjs&/khjs mij uhps fgykuk

¼[k½ gjh cRrh dks /khjs /khjs nkW, ls ck;s dh vksj fgykuk

¼x½ gjh cRrh dks 'kjhj ds ,d vksj ls nwljh vksj fgykuk

¼?k½ gjh cRrh dks nk,&ckW, ,oa mij&uhps /khjs /khjs fgykuk

9. What do you mean by Shunting?'kfUVax dk vfHkizk; gS &A. To secure B. For the purpose to C. For the movement D. For the movement

Wagons detach or attach vehicle or vehicles with or without an Engine.

of vehicles by doing Block back or Block forward.

of vehicles to arrange them in Chronological order.

¼d½ okguksa dks lqjf{kr djuk

¼[k½ okgu ;k okguksa dks dkVus ;k tksM+us rFkk fdlh vU; mn~ns'; ls bUtu ds lkFk ;k mlds fcuk lapyu fd;k tkrk gSA

¼x½ okguksa dks CykWd cSd ;k CykWd QkjokMZ djds lapyu fd;k tkukA

¼?k½ okguksa dks dzec) :i ls ltkus gsrq lapyu fd;k tkrk gSa

10. What do you mean by Train Engine?Vªsu bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached in the rearmost of the train.

B. The Engine which is used for Shunting.

C. The Engine which is used for the purpose of working of any ordinary or special train.

D. The Engine which is moved alone.

¼d½ og bUtu tks xkM+h ds ihNs yxk;k tkrk gS

¼[k½ og bUtu ftldks 'kfUVax gsrq iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA

¼x½ og bUtu tks jsy ds fdlh Hkkx ij lk/kkj.k ;k fo'ks’k xkM+h dks pykus ds dke eas fy;k tkrk gSA

¼?k½ og bUtu tks vdsyk pyk;k tkrk gSA

11. What do you mean by Shunting Engine?'kfUVax bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached in the rearmost of the train.

B. The Engine which is used for the purpose of attaching or detaching vehicles.



¼d½ og bUtu tks xkM+h ds ihNs yxk;k tkrk gS

¼[k½ og bUtu ftldks ;kMZ esa xkM+h o okguksa dks dkVus o tksM+us gsrq iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA



12. What do you mean by Assisting Engine?vflfLVax bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached in the rearmost of the train for hauling heavy load.

B. The Engine which is used for the purpose of attaching or detaching vehicles.



¼d½ og bUtu tks xkM+h ds vf/kd Hkkj gksus ij mls [khapus ds fy, Vªsu bUtu ds lkFk ;k xkM+h ihNs yxk;k tkrk gSA




13. What do you mean by Banking Engine?cSafdax bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached with the train

B. The Engine which is used

C. The Engine which is used for the

D. The Engine which is attached in the

engine or in the rearmost of the train for hauling heavy load.

for the purpose of shunting.

purpose of working of any ordinary or special train.

rearmost for pushing the train from the backside to negotiate steeper gradiant.




¼?k½ og bUtu tks Vªsu dks [kM+h p<+k;h ij p<+us ds fy, ihNs ls <dsyus ds iz;ksx esa yk;k tkrk gSA

14. What do you mean by Light Engine?ykbV bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached with the train engine or in the rearmost of the train for hauling heavy load.

B. The Engine which is used for the purpose of shunting.







15. What do you mean by Releif Engine?fjfyQ bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached with the train engine or in the rearmost of the train for hauling heavy load.

B. The Engine which is used to send to work in place of defective train engine.




¼[k½ og bUtu tks fdlh bUtu ds cnys mlds [kjkc gks tksus ij dke djus ds fy, Hkstk tkrk gSA



16. What do you mean by Pilot Engine?Ikk;yV bUtu fdldks dgk tkrk gS &A. The Engine which is attached with the train engine or in the rearmost of the train for hauling heavy load.

B. The Engine which is used to send to work in place of defective train engine.


D. The Engine which is moved alone ahead of any special or ordinary train.


¼[k½ og bUtu tks fdlh bUtu ds cnys mlds [kjkc gks tksus ij dke djus ds fy, Hkstk tkrk gSA


¼?k½ og bUtu tks fdlh Lis'ky ;k lk/kkj.k xkM+h ds vkxs vkxs pyk;k tkrk gSA

17. In Two Aspect signalling territory (Colour Light Signaling) disc type shunt signal shall

exhibit, which aspect in “ON” position?f}ladsrh flxuy ¼jaxhu cRrh flxuy O;oLFkk½ O;oLFkk {ks= esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWu dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. One Red Light B. One yellow light C. One Green Light D. Two Yellow Light.¼d½ ,d yky cRrh

¼[k½ ,d ihyh cRrh ¼x½ ,d gjh cRrh ¼?k½ nks ihyh cRrh

18. In Two Aspect signalling territory (Colour Light Signaling) disc type shunt signal shall exhibit, which aspect in “OFF” position?f}ladsrh flxuy ¼jaxhu cRrh flxuy O;oLFkk½ O;oLFkk {ks= esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWQ dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. One Red Light B. One yellow light C. One Green Light D. Two Yellow Light.¼d½ ,d yky cRrh ¼[k½ ,d ihyh

cRrh¼x½ ,d gjh cRrh ¼?k½ nks ihyh

cRrh19. In Multiple Aspect signalling territory (Colour Light Signaling) disc type shunt signal shall

exhibit, which aspect in “ON” position?cgqladsrh flxuy ¼jaxhu cRrh flxuy O;oLFkk½ O;oLFkk {ks= esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWu dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. One Red Light B. One yellow light C. One Green Light D. Two Yellow Light.¼d½ ,d yky cRrh ¼[k½ ,d ihyh

cRrh¼x½ ,d gjh cRrh ¼?k½ nks ihyh

cRrh20. In Multiple Aspect signalling territory (Colour Light Signaling) disc type shunt signal shall

exhibit, which aspect in “OFF” position?cgqladsrh flxuy ¼jaxhu cRrh flxuy O;oLFkk½ O;oLFkk {ks= esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWQ dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. One Red Light B. One yellow light C. One Green Light D. Two Yellow Light.¼d½ ,d yky cRrh

¼[k½ ,d ihyh cRrh ¼x½ ,d gjh cRrh ¼?k½ nks ihyh cRrh

21. In Multiple Aspect signalling territory or Two aspect signalling territory, what shall be the aspect of position light type Shunt signal in “ON” position?fLFkfr cRrh okys 'kaV flxyu f}ladsrh vFkok cgqladsrh O;oLFkk {ks= esa vkWu fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsrh iznf'kZr djrs gSaAA. Two diognal white light.

B. Two diognal yellow light.

C. Two parrelal white light.

D. Two Yellow parrelal Light.

¼d½ nks frjNh lQsn cRrh

¼[k½ nks frjNh ihyh cRrh

¼x½ nks lQsn lkekukUrj cRrh

¼?k½ nks ihyh lkekukUrj cRrh

22. In Multiple Aspect signalling territory or Two aspect signalling territory, what shall be the aspect of position light type Shunt signal in “OFF” position?fLFkfr cRrh okys 'kaV flxyu f}ladsrh vFkok cgqladsrh O;oLFkk {ks= esa vkWQ fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsrh iznf'kZr djrs gSaAA. Two diognal white light.

B. Two diognal yellow light.

C. Two parrelal white light.

D. Two Yellow parrelal Light.

¼d½ nks frjNh lQsn cRrh

¼[k½ nks frjNh ihyh cRrh

¼x½ nks lQsn lkekukUrj cRrh

¼?k½ nks ihyh lkekukUrj cRrh

23. In Two Aspect signalling territory disc type shunt signal shall exhibit which aspect in “OFF” position?f}ladsrh flxuy O;oLFkk {ks= esa fnu esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWQ dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. Red band of disc shall move 45 degree or 60 degree downward.

B. Red band of disc shall move 45 degree or 60 degree upward.

C. Red band of disc shall remain unchanged in parrelal position.

D. Red band of disc shall move 90 degree upward.

¼d½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh uhps dh rjQ

¼[k½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh mij dh

¼x½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh

¼?k½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh mij

45 fMxzh ;k 60 fMxzh rd >qdh gksrh gSA

rjQ 45 fMxzh ;k 60 fMxzh rd mBh gksrh gSA

vifjofrZr fLFkfr esa jgrh gSA

dh rjQ 90 fMxzh rd mBh gksrh gSA

24. In Multiple Aspect signalling territory disc type shunt signal shall exhibit which aspect in “ON” position?cgqladsrh flxuy O;oLFkk {ks= esa fnu esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWu dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. Red band of disc shall move 45 degree or 60 degree downward.




¼d½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh uhps dh rjQ 45 fMxzh ;k 60 fMxzh rd >qdh gksrh gSA

¼[k½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh mij dh rjQ 45 fMxzh ;k 60 fMxzh rd mBh gksrh gSA

¼x½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh lkekukUrj fLFkfr esa jgrh gSA

¼?k½ pdjh dh yky iV~Vh mij dh rjQ 90 fMxzh rd mBh gksrh gSA

25. In Multiple Aspect signalling territory disc type shunt signal shall exhibit which aspect in “OFF” position?cgqladsrh flxuy O;oLFkk {ks= esa fnu esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWQ dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. Red band of disc shall move 45 degree or 60 degree downward.








26 In Two Aspect signalling territory disc type shunt signal shall exhibit which aspect in “OFF” position?f}ladsrh flxuy O;oLFkk {ks= esa fnu esa pdjh okys 'kaV flxuy vkWu dh fLFkfr esa dSlk ladsr iznf'kZr djrk gSAA. Red band of disc shall move 45 degree or 60 degree downward.








27. What kind of signal is Shunt Signal?'kaV flxuy fdl izdkj dk flxuy gSAA. Approach Signal B. Departure Signal C. Subsidiary Signal D. Co-Acting Signal¼d½ vkxeu flxuy

¼[k½ izLFkku flxyu

¼x½ lgk;d flxuy ¼?k½ lgdkjh flxuy

28. Which type of movement is controlled by Shunt Signal?'kaV flxuy }kjk fdl izdkj ds lapyu dks fu;af=r fd;k tkrk gSAA. Approach B. Departure C. Approach & Departure D. For attaching,

detaching & Marshaling.¼d½ vkxeu

¼[k½ izLFkku

¼x½ vkxeu ,oa izLFkku ¼?k½ okguksa dks tksM+us dkVus ,oa ek'kZfyax gsrq

29. What is the Aspect of Shunt Signal in “OFF” position?'kaV flxuy vkWQ dh voLFkk eas D;k ladsr nsrk gSAA. Stop B. Proceed slowly &

cautiously.C. Proceed cautiously and be ready to stop.

D. Proceed without any restriction.

¼d½ :dks

¼[k½ /khjs&/khjs lrdZrk ls vkxs c<ks

¼x½ lko/kkuhiwoZd vkxs c<sa vkSj :dus dks rS;kj jgsa

¼?k½ fcuk fdlh izfrca/k ds vkxs c<saA

30. Shunt Signal is not fixed below which stop signal?'kaV flxuy fdl jksd flxuy ds uhps ugha yxk;k tk ldrk gSAA. Below Starter B. Below Advance

StarterC. Below stop signals.

D. Below first stop signal.

¼d½ LVkVZj ds uhps

¼[k½ ,Mokal LVkVZj ds uhps

¼x½ csjksd flxuy ds uhps

¼?k½ izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps

31. Maximum how many Shunt signals can be placed on a post?,d [kEHks ds uhps vf/kdre fdrus 'kaV flxuy yxk;s tk ldrs gSaAA. 02 B. 03 C. 05 D. Number not fixed.¼d½ 02 ¼[k½ 03 ¼x½ 04 ¼?k½ la[;k fu/kkZfjr

ughaA32. If Shunt signal is fixed below stop signal, which light will be exhibited in “ON” position?

;fn 'kaV flxuy jksd flxuy ds uhpas yxk gS rks vkWu fLFkfr esa dkSu lh cRrh fn[kk,xkAA. Red B. Yellow C. Two Yellow D. No light will be

exhibited.¼d½ yky ¼[k½ ihyk ¼x½ nks ihyk ¼?k½ dksbz cRrh

ugha fn[skxka33. Which signals shall be used at the station were Shunt signals are not provided?

ftl LVs'ku ij 'kaV flxuy ugha yxs gSa ogkW fdu flxuyksa dk iz;ksx fd;k tk,xkAA. Assisting Signal B. Repeting Signal C. Hand Signal D. Detonating Signal¼d½ lgk;d flxuy ¼[k½ fjfifVax

flxuy¼x½ gkFk flxuy ¼?k½ iVk[kk flxuy

34. What authority shall be given to the Loco Pilot at station was shunt signals are provided?ftl LVs'ku ij 'kaV flxuy yxs gSa ogkW ij fuEukafdr esa ls pkyd dks D;k fn;k tk,xkAA. T/806 B. T/409 C. T/369/3B D. T/369/1¼d½ Vh@806 ¼[k½ Vh@409 ¼x½

Vh@369@3ch¼?k½ Vh@369@1

35. What shall be the impact speed of one wagon having Roller Bearing system?,d jksyj cs;fjax ;qDr okgu ds 'kafVx dh vf/kdre¼ impact speed½xfr D;k gksxh\A. 10 KMPH B. 05 KMPH C. 15 KMPH D. 20 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 15 fdeh@?kaVk


36. What shall be the impact speed of one wagon having Roller Bearing system?,d ls vf/kd jksyj cs;fjax ;qDr okgu ds 'kafVx dh vf/kdre xfr gksxh &A. 10 KMPH B. 05 KMPH C. 7.5 KMPH D. 2.4 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 7-5 fdeh@?kaVk

¼?k½ 2-4 fdeh@?kaVk

37. What shall be the normal speed of Hand Shunting?gkFk 'kafVx dh lkekU; xfr D;k gksxh&A. 10 KMPH B. 05 KMPH C. 15 KMPH D. 20 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 15 fdeh@?kaVk


38. In a single line section at stations equipped with Two Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point after granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds ckn f}ladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS\A. Ahead of First stop signal

B. From Advance starter to First stop signal

C. Within the Home Signal of both ends.

D. In Station section.

¼d½ izFke jksd flxuy ds vkxsA

¼[k½ ,Mokal LVkVZj ls ysdj izFke jksd flxuy rd

¼x½ nksuksa rjQ ds gkse flxuy ds chp

¼?k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku esaA

39. In a single line section at stations equipped with Two Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point before granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ f}ladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. Ahead of First stop signal



D. In Station section.




¼?k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku esaA

40. In a single line section at stations equipped with Multiple Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point after granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds ckn cgqladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. Ahead of First stop signal



D. Freely in Station section. Beyond this for shunting permission of SWR is required.




¼?k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku esa LorU=rkiowZdA mlds vkxs 'kafVx ds fy, LVs'ku lapkyu fu;ekoyh ds vuqlkjA

41. In a single line section at stations equipped with Multiple Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point before granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ cgqladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. Ahead of First stop signal



D. Upto the First stop signal beyond station section.




¼?k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku ds vkxs izFke jksd flxuy rdA

42. In a Single line section at stations equipped with Two Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point before granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ f}ladsrh flxuy

O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. Ahead of First stop signal



D. Upto the First stop signal beyond station section.




¼?k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku esa LorU=rkiowZdA

43. In a Double line section at stations equipped with Two Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point after granting line clear?nksgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ f}ladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. Ahead of First stop signal.

B. From Advance starter to First stop signal.


D. Freely in Station section.





44. In a Double line section at stations equipped with Multiple Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point after granting line clear?nksgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ cgqladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS\A. Freely in Station section.



D. Ahead of First stop signal.

¼d½ LVs'ku lsD'ku esa LorU=rkiowZdA



¼?k½ izFke jksd flxuy ds vkxsA

45. In a Double line section at stations equipped with Multiple Aspect Signalling shunting can be performed upto which point after granting line clear?nksgjh ykbu okys lsD'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds ckn cgqladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dgkW rd fd;k tk ldrk gS\A. Not beyond station section in any circumstances.



D. Freely in station section.

¼d½ fdlh Hkh gkyr esa LVs'ku lsD'ku ls ckgj ugha tkuk gSA




46. In a Single line section in block section at station equipped with Two Aspect Signalling territory shunting can be performed before granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu ds f}ladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ CykWd lsD'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dSls fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. By doing Block Forward.

B. By doing Block Back.

C. By doing Block Forward and giving Shunting Token/ Shunting Key/ King Token with T/806.

D. By doing Block Back and giving Shunting Token/ Shunting Key/ King Token with T/806.

¼d½ CykWd QkjokMZ djds

¼[k½ CykWd cSd djds

¼x½ CykWd QkjokMZ o 'kafVax Vksdu@'kafVx pkch@fadax Vksdu ds lkFk Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

¼?k½ CykWd cSd o 'kafVax Vksdu@'kafVx pkch@fadax Vksdu ds lkFk Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

47. In a Double line section at stations equipped with Two Aspect Signalling territory In Block Section how shunting can be performed before granting line clear?nksgjh ykbu ds f}ladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus

ds iwoZ CykWd lsD'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dSls fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. By doing Block Forward.


C. By doing Block Forward and giving T/806.

D. By doing Block Back or Block Forward and giving Shunting Token/ Shunting Key/ King Token with T/806.



¼x½ CykWd QkjokMZ ;k CykSd cSd djds Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

¼?k½ CykWd cSd ;k CykWd QkjokMZ djds o 'kafVax Vksdu@'kafVx pkch@fadax Vksdu ds lkFk Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

48. In a Double line section at stations equipped with Multiple Aspect Aspect Signalling territory In Block Section how shunting can be performed before granting line clear?nksgjh ykbu ds cgqladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ CykWd lsD'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dSls fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. By doing Block Forward.


C. By doing Block Forward and giving T/806.

D. By doing Block Back or Block Forward and giving Shunting Token/ Shunting Key/ King Token with T/806.



¼x½ CykWd QkjokMZ ;k CykSd cSd djds Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

¼?k½ CykWd cSd ;k CykWd QkjokMZ djds o 'kafVax Vksdu@'kafVx pkch@fadax Vksdu ds lkFk Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

49. In a Single line section at stations equipped with Multiple Aspect Aspect Signalling territory In Block Section how shunting can be performed before granting line clear?bdgjh ykbu ds cgqladsrh flxuy O;OLFkk okys LVs'ku esa ykbu fDy;j nsus ds iwoZ CykWd lsD'ku esa 'kafVax dk;Z dSls fd;k tk ldrk gS&A. By doing Block Forward.


C. By doing Block Forward and giving Shunting Token/ Shunting Key/ King Token with T/806.

D. By doing Block Back and giving Shunting Token/ Shunting Key/ King Token with T/806.



¼x½ CykWd QkjokMZ o 'kafVax Vksdu@'kafVx pkch@fadax Vksdu ds lkFk Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

¼?k½ CykWd cSd o 'kafVax Vksdu@'kafVx pkch@fadax Vksdu ds lkFk Vh@806 fn;k tk,xkA

50. In a Single line section on Mail line which type of Token will be served for performing shunting in UP direction at a station?esu ykbu ds bdgjh ykbu okys LVs'ku ds vi fn'kk esa 'kafVx djus ds fy, fdl vkdkj ds 'kafVx Vksdu dk iz;ksx fd;k tk,xkAA. Circular B. Rectangular C. Triangular D. Squaral¼d½ o`rkdkj ¼[k½ vk;rkdkj ¼x½

f=Hkqtkdkj¼?k½ oxkZdkj

51. In a Single line section on Mail line which type of Token will be served for performing shunting in DOWN direction at a station?esu ykbu ds bdgjh ykbu okys LVs'ku ds Mkmu fn'kk esa 'kafVx djus ds fy, fdl vkdkj ds 'kafVx Vksdu dk iz;ksx fd;k tk,xkAA. Circular B. Rectangular C. Triangular D. Squaral¼d½ o`rkdkj ¼[k½ vk;rkdkj ¼x½ f=Hkqtkdkj ¼?k½

oxkZdkj52. In a Single line section on Branch line which type of Token will be served for performing shunting in

UP direction at a station?czkUp ykbu ds bdgjh ykbu okys LVs'ku ds vi fn'kk esa 'kafVx djus ds fy, fdl vkdkj ds 'kafVx Vksdu dk iz;ksx fd;k tk,xkA

A. Circular B. Rectangular C. Triangular D. Squaral¼d½ o`rkdkj

¼[k½ vk;rkdkj ¼x½ f=Hkqtkdkj ¼?k½ oxkZdkj

53. In a Single line section on Branch line which type of Token will be served for performing shunting in DOWN direction at a station?czkUp ykbu ds bdgjh ykbu okys LVs'ku ds Mkmu fn'kk esa 'kafVx djus ds fy, fdl vkdkj ds 'kafVx Vksdu dk iz;ksx fd;k tk,xkAA. Circular B. Rectangular C. Triangular D. Squaral¼d½ o`rkdkj


54. In a Single line section on Branch line which type of Token will be served for performing shunting in UP or DOWN direction at a station?czkUp ykbu ds bdgjh ykbu okys LVs'ku ds vi ;k Mkmu fn'kk esa 'kafVx djus ds fy, fdl vkdkj ds 'kafVx Vksdu dk iz;ksx fd;k tk,xkAA. Circular B. Rectangular C. Triangular D. Squaral¼d½ o`rkdkj


55. Which of the following is not a precaution for doing shunting?'kafVx dh lko/kkfu;ksa esa fuEukafdr esa ls D;k lgh gS\A. Permission for doing shunting with Double headed power

B. Permission for not doing shunting with Double headed power

C. Shunting in running train

D. Doing shunting by standing on the Buffer.

¼d½ nks bUtu ds lkFk 'kfUVax djus dh vuqefr

¼[k½ nks bUtu ds lkFk 'kfUVax ugha djus dh vuqefr

¼x½ pyrh xkM+h esa 'kfUVax djuk

¼?k½ cQj ij p<+dj 'kfUVax djuk

56. Which of the following is a precaution for doing shunting?'kafVx dh lko/kkfu;ksa esa fuEukafdr esa ls D;k lgh gS\A. Doing shunting by standing on the Coupling.

B. Doing shunting by standing on the Cow Catcher of Engine.

C. Attaching loads in running condition of train.

D. Doing shunting by not standing on the Buffer.

¼d½ xkfM+;ksa ds difyax ij p<+dj 'kfUVax djuk

¼[k½ bUtu ds dkm dSpj ij p<+dj 'kfUVax djuk

¼x½ pyrh xkM+h dks tkM+uk

¼?k½ cQj ij p<+dj 'kfUVax ugha djuk

57. What shall with the maximum speed of Ballast unloading train containing 05 or more than 05 coaches?cSykLV vuyksfMax djus ds fy, ikWp ls T;knk dksp ls vuyksfMax djrs le; xkM+h dh xfr gksxh\A. 2.5 KMPH B. 05 KMPH C. 7.5 KMPH D. 2.4 KMPH¼d½ 2-5 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 7-5 fdeh@?kaVk

¼?k½ 2-4 fdeh@?kaVk

58. Which of the following is a precaution for doing shunting?'kafVx ds nkSjku fuEukafdr esa D;k djuk lqjf{kr gS\A. Doing shunting by standing on the Coupling.

B. Doing shunting by standing on the Cow Catcher of Engine.

C. Take Shelter behind the wagons.

D. To cross behind wagons during shunting.

¼d½ xkfM+;ksa ds difyax ij p<+dj 'kfUVax djuk

¼[k½ bUtu ds dkm dSpj ij p<+dj 'kfUVax djuk

¼x½ oSxuksa ds uhps vkJ; ysukA

¼?k½ 'kafVax ds nkSjku okguksa ds uhps ls ugha xqtjukA

59. Shunting certificate is served for minmum how much period?'kafVx izek.k&i= fdrus le; rd 'kfUVax dh vof/k ds fy, fn;k tkrk gS\A. 1-15 minute B. 16-30 minute C. 31-45 minute D. 45-60 minute

¼d½ 1&15 feuV

¼[k½ 16&30 feuV

¼x½ 31&45 feuV ¼?k½ 45&60 feuV

60. When shunting is performed from 16-30 minutes shunting certificated will be served for how much time?16&30 feuV rd 'kfUVax djus ij 'kafVx izek.k&i= fdruh vof/k ds fy, fn;k tkrk gS\A. 15 minute B. 30 minute C. 45 minute D. 60 minute¼d½ 15 feuV


61. When shunting is performed from 31-45 minutes shunting certificated will be served for how much time?31&45 feuV rd 'kfUVax djus ij 'kafVx izek.k&i= fdruh vof/k ds fy, fn;k tkrk gS\A. 15 minute B. 30 minute C. 45 minute D. 60 minute¼d½ 15 feuV


62. By whose permission shunting shall be permitted under Centralized Traffic Control?lsUVªykbTM VªSfQd dUVªksy ds v/khu 'kfUVax fdldh vuqefr ls djk;h tk,xh\A. Assistant Operations Manager

B. Sr. Divisional Operations Manager

C. Chief Controller

D. Centralized Traffic Controller

¼d½ lgk;d ifjpkyu izc/akd

¼[k½ ofj"B eaMy ifjpkyu izca/kd

¼x½ eq[; fu;a=d

¼?k½ dsUnzhd`r ;krk;kr fu;a=d ifjpkyd

63. Who will be authorized to do Shunting at Level Crossing Gate?ysoy dzkWflax xsV ds ikl 'kfUVax ds fy, dkSu vf/kd`r gksxkAA. Assistant Station Master B. Loco Pilot C. Gateman D. Pointsman¼d½ lgk;d LVs'ku ekLVj

¼[k½ yksdks ik;yV

¼x½ QkVdokyk

¼?k½ dkWVkokyk

64. Who will be responsible to do Shunting at Level Crossing Gate?jksM&lkbM LVs'kuksa ij 'kfUVax dh ftEesnkjh fdldh gksrh gS\A. Assistant Station Master B. Loco Pilot C. Guard D. Pointsman¼d½ lgk;d LVs'ku ekLVj ¼[k½ yksdks

ik;yV¼x½ xkMZ ¼?k½

dkWVkokyk65. Which of the following can be loose shunted?

fuEukafdr esa ls fdu xkM+;ksa esa ywt “kfUVax fd;k tk,xk\A. Crane B. Passenger

TrainC. Explosive, Dangerous Goods and wagons loaded with Live stocks.

D. Wagons of Goods train.

¼d½ dzsu

¼[k½ ;k=h xkM+h

¼x½ foLQksVd] [krjukd eky ,oa i'kq ls yns xkfM+;ksa

¼?k½ ekyxkM+h ds oSxuksa

66. What is Fly Shunting?Q~ykbZ 'kfUVax fdls dgrs gS\A. To do shunting of wagons in moving state.

B. To do shunting of wagon/wagons by pushing with hands.

C. Explosive, Dangerous Goods and wagons loaded with Live stocks.

D. Two wagons which are not coupled with each other, after getting impact on it is diverted in two different lines by altering the points.

¼d½ xkfM+;ksa dks xfr'khy voLFkk esa

¼[k½ xkfM+;ksa dks gkFk ls /kDdk nsdj 'kfUVax

¼x½ foLQksVd] [krjukd eky ,oa i'kq ls yns xkfM+;ksa

¼?k½ nks okgu tks vkil esa tqM+s u gks] ftls bUtu }kjk /kDdk yxus ds ckn dkWVksa

'kfUVax djuk djuk] dks cnydj vyx& vyx ykbu esa Hkstk tkrk gSA

67. Who prepares Brake Power Certificate (BPC)?czsd ikoj lfVZfQdsV ¼ch- ih- lh-½ fuEu esa ls fdlds }kjk rS;kj fd;k tkrk gS\A. Assistant Station Master B. Loco Pilot C. Train Examiner D. Pointsman¼d½ lgk;d LVs'ku ekLVj ¼[k½

yksdks ik;yV¼x½ xkM+h ijh{kd

¼?k½ dkWVkokyk

68. Thosed stations were Hand Shunting is permitted, steepness of Gradient must not be more than which limit?ftu LVs'kuksa ij gkFk 'kfUVax gksrh gS] <yku dh rhozrk vf/kdre fdruh gksuh pkfg,\ A. 01 in 100 B. 01 in 200 C. 01 in 400 D. 01 in 500¼d½ 100 esa 1 ¼[k½ 200 esa

1 ¼x½ 400 esa 1 ¼?k½ 500 esa 1

69. What is Fauling Mark?Qkmfyax ekdZ D;k gS\A. Between the outer most signals of the station

B. Between the outer most stop signals of the station

C. Where two lines join or cross one another or connect were there is infringement of fixed statndard dimention occurs.

D. Between the limit of Station section.

¼d½ LVs'ku ds ckg~;re flxuyksa ds chp dh lhek

¼[k½ LVs'ku ds ckg~;re jksd flxuksa ds chp dh lhek

¼x½ nks ykbuksa ds ,d nqljs dks ikj djus ;k feyus ds dkj.k tgkW fu/kkZfjr ekud vk;ke dk mYya?ku gksrk gS

¼?k½ LVs'ku lsD'ku ds chp dh lhek

70. What is the full form of ODC?vks- Mh- lh- dk iw.kZ 'kkfCnd vFkZ D;k gS\A. Optional Dimentional Consignment.

B. Over Dimentional Carriage.

C. Over Dimentional Consignment.

D. Operating Dimentional Consignment.

¼d½ vkWI'kuy MkbesU'kuy dUlkbuesUV

¼[k½ vksoj MkbesU'kuy dSjst

¼x½ vksoj MkbesU'kuy dUlkbUesUV

¼?k½ vksijsfVax MkbesU'kuy dUlkbuesUV

71. If signals controlling shunting movement become defective what authority shall be given to the Loco Pilot?;fn 'kafVx dks fu;af=r djusokyk flxuy [kjkc gks tk, rks pkyd dks D;k vf/kdkj i= fn;k tk,xk\A. T/409 B. T-A/409 C. T/806 D. T-B/409.¼d½ Vh@409

¼[k½ Vh&,@409 ¼x½ Vh@806 ¼?k½ Vh&ch@409

72. At those stations where advance starter signal is not provided and starter is the last stop signal, what shall be the authority given to the Loco Pilot of the train if signal controlling shunting movement becomes defective? ftl LVs'ku ij ,Mokal LVkVZj flxuy ugha gks vkSj LVkVZj gh vfUre jksd flxuy gks rks 'kafVx dks fu;af=r djusokyk flxuy [kjkc gks tk, rks pkyd dks D;k vf/kdkj i= fn;k tk,xk\A. T/409 B. T-A/409 C. T/806 D. T-B/409.¼d½ Vh@409

¼[k½ Vh&,@409 ¼x½ Vh@806 ¼?k½ Vh&ch@409

73. Whose signature is not taken on the Form T/806?QkeZ la0 Vh@806 esa fuEu esa ls fdlds gLrk{kj ugha fy, tkrs gS\

A. Assistant Station Master B. Loco Pilot C. Guard D. Assistant Loco Pilot¼d½ lgk;d LVs'ku ekLVj ¼[k½

yksdks ik;yV¼x½ xkMZ

¼?k½ lgk;d yksdks ik;yV

74. Who will be responsible for securing of vehicles at Road side stations?jksM lkbM LVs'kuksa ij okguksa dks lqjf{kr djus dh ftEesnkjh fdldh gksxh\A. Assistant Station Master B. Loco Pilot C. Guard D. Assistant Loco Pilot¼d½ lgk;d LVs'ku ekLVj ¼[k½ yksdks

ik;yV¼x½ xkMZ

¼?k½ lgk;d yksdks ik;yV

75. Which safety equipement is not used for securing stable load?LVscy yksM dks lqjf{kr djus gsrq fuEu esa ls fdl laj{kk midj.k dk iz;ksx ugha fd;k tkrk gS\A. Sprag B. Wooden-Wedge C. Safety Chain & Padlock D. Strecher bar¼d½ LizSx

¼[k½ oqMsu&ost

¼x½ lsQ~Vh psu o iSMykWd

¼?k½ LVªSpj okj

76. How many chains are used for securing stable load?LVscy yksM dks lqjf{kr djus gsrq fdrus tathjksa dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gS\A. 04 B. 03 C. 02 D. 05¼d½ 04 ¼[k½ 03 ¼x½ 02 ¼?k½ 05

77. How many Wooden-Wedges are used for securing stable load?LVscy yksM dks lqjf{kr djus gsrq fdrus oqMsu&ostksa dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gS\A. 04 B. 03 C. 02 D. 05¼d½ 04 ¼[k½ 03 ¼x½ 02 ¼?k½ 05

78. How many Hand Brakes are tightened of wagons for securing stable load?LVscy yksM dks lqjf{kr djus gsrq fdrus oSxuksa dk gS.M czsd VkbV@dlk tkuk vko';d gS\A. At least Four from both ends of load.

B. At least Five from both ends of load.

C. At least Six from both ends of load.

D. At least Seven from both ends of load.

¼d½ yksM ds nksuksa vksj ls de ls de pkj

¼[k½ yksM ds nksuksa vksj ls de ls de ikWp

¼x½ yksM ds nksuksa vksj ls de ls de N%

¼?k½ yksM ds nksuksa vksj ls de ls de lkr

79. Which register is used for keeping records of stable load?LVscy yksM dk ys[kk&tks[kk j[kus ds fy, fdl jftLVj dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gS\A. Line Block & Clear Register.

B. Load stabling Register.

C. Route set & lock register.

D. A & B both options.

¼d½ ykbu CykWd ,oa fDy;j jftLVj

¼[k½ yksM LVscfyax jftLVj

¼x½ :V lsV ,oa ykWd jftLVj

¼?k½ d ,oa [k nksuksa

80. What is Mashaling?ek'kZfyax D;k gS\A. To secure wagons.

B. To attach & detach wagons.

C. To arrange wagons in Chronological & systematic order.

D. To place wagons between Fauling mark.

¼d½ okguksa dks lqjf{kr djuk

¼[k½ okguksa dks tksM+uk ,oa dkVuk

¼x½ okguksa dks dzec) ,oa O;ofLFkr :i ls ltkuk

¼?k½ okguksa dks Qkmfyax ekdZ ds chp esa j[kukA

81. What is GDR?thMhvkj D;k gS\A. Joint report prepared by Station

B. Joint report prepared by Station

C. Joint report prepared by

D. Joint report prepared by Guard, Loco Pilot &

Master & Loco Pilot. Master & Loco Pilot. Guard & Loco Pilot.

Assistant Loco Pilot.

¼d½ LVs'ku ekLVj ,oa pkyd dk la;qDr fjiksVZ

¼[k½ LVs'ku ekLVj] pkyd ,oa xkMZ dk la;qDr fjiksVZ

¼x½ xkMZ ,oa pkyd dk la;qDr fjiksVZ

¼?k½ xkMZ] pkyd ,oa lgk;d pkyd dk la;qDr fjiksVZ

82. GDR is valid for how many days?thMhvkj dh oS/krk fdrus fnuksa dh gksrh gS\A. 01 day B. 02 days C. No limit is fixed. D. Upto next TXR point station.¼d½ 01 fnu

¼[k½ 02 fnu

¼x½ dksbZ lhek fu/kkZfjr ugha

¼?k½ vxys xkM+h ijh{k.k okys LVs'ku rd

83. Under which condition validity of OPRS will be ended?fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa vks-ih-vkj-,l- dh oS/krk lekIr ekuh tkrh gS\A. Due to Engine Failure

B. Due to Hot-Axle.

C. When load of end to end BPC does not reach at loading point within 04 days from the preparation of BPC.

D. When Mechanical clamps are fixed in four or more wagons.

¼d½ bUtu foQyrk ds dkj.k

¼[k½ xeZ /kqjk ik, tkus ds dkj.k

¼x½ ,.M Vq ,.M ch-ih-lh okys xkM+h ds 04 fnuksa esa ynku fcUnq rd ugha igqWpus ds dkj.kA

¼?k½ pkj ls T;knk okguksa ess eSdsfudy DySEi yxk, tkus ds dkj.k

84. Under which condition validity of OPRS will be ended?fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa vks-ih-vkj-,l- dh oS/krk lekIr ekuh tkrh gS\A. When engine becomes unable to haul the load in block section.

B. When any rake is stabled for more than 24 hours in enroute.

C. When load of end to end BPC does not reach at loading point within 02 days from the preparation of BPC.


¼d½ CykWd lsD'ku esa yksM dks [khapus esa bUtu ds vl{ke gks tkus ds dkj.k

¼[k½ ;fn dksbZ jsd jkLrs esa 24 ?kUVs ls vf/kd ds fy, LVscy fd;k tkrk gSA

¼x½ ,.M Vq ,.M ch-ih-lh okys xkM+h ds 02 fnuksa esa ynku fcUnq rd ugha igqWpus ds dkj.k


85. Under which condition validity of OPRS will be ended?fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa vks-ih-vkj-,l- dh oS/krk lekIr ekuh tkrh gS\A. When engine becomes unable to haul the load in block section.

B. When any rake is stabled for more than 12 hours in enroute.

C. When the composition of any rake is changed with 04 or more than 04 eight wheeled wagons.




¼x½ 04 ;k mlls vf/kd vkB pDds ds oSxuksa ;k mlls vf/kd ls jsd esa cnyko djukA


86. Under which condition validity of OPRS will be ended?fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa vks-ih-vkj-,l- dh oS/krk lekIr ekuh tkrh gS\A. When engine becomes unable to

B. When any rake is stabled for more

C. When the composition of any

D. When CC rakes go out of their nominate

haul the load in block section.

than 12 hours in enroute.

rake is changed with 02 eight wheeled wagons.

Railways.



¼x½ 02 vkB pDds ds oSxuksa ls jsd esa cnyko djukA

¼?k½ ;fn lh-lh jsd vius ukfer jsyos ds ckgj tkrs gS rksA

87. How many copies are prepared of GDR?thMhvkj fdruh izfr;ksa esa rS;kj dh tkrh gS\A. 01 Copy B. 02 Copies C. 03 Copies D. Copies.¼d½ 01 izfr

¼[k½ 02 izfr ¼x½ 03 izfr ¼?k½ 04 izfr

88. The proforma of GDR is illustrated in which of the following?thMhvkj dk izksQksekZ fuEukafdr esa ls fdlesa of.kZr gS\A. Passenger Time Table

B. Working Time Table.

C. General & Subsidiary Rule.

D. Operating Manual.

¼d½ ;k=h le; lkj.kh

¼[k½ dk;Zdkjh le; lkj.kh

¼x½ lk/kkj.k ,oa lgk;d fu;e iqfLrdk

¼?k½ vkWijsfVax eSuqvy

89. What is ensured while preparing GDR by Guard & Loco Pilot?thMhvkj rS;kj djrs le; xkMZ ,oa pkyd }kjk fuEukafdr esa D;k lqfuf'pr fd;k tkrk gS\A. Carrying capacity of Engine

B. No. Of wagons of train.

C. Proper fixing of coupling & Hose Pipe from engine to Brake Van.

D. Marshaling arrangement of Brake Van & Wagons.

¼d½ batu dh ogu {kerk

¼[k½ xkM+h ds oSxuksa dh la[;k

¼x½ bUtu ls czsd&oku rd difyax ,oa gkWt ikbi dk lgh rjhds ls yxk gksuk

¼?k½ czsd&oku vkSj oSxuksa dh ek'kZfyax O;oLFkkA

90. What is ensured while preparing GDR by Guard & Loco Pilot?thMhvkj rS;kj djrs le; xkMZ ,oa pkyd }kjk fuEukafdr esa D;k lqfuf'pr fd;k tkrk gS\A. Carrying capacity of Engine

B. No. Of wagons of train.

C. Angle Cock of all air brakes wagons should be in open condition from Engine to Brake Van except Angle cock of Brake Van of Rear portion.

D. Marshaling arrangement of Brake Van & Wagons.

¼d½ batu dh ogu {kerk

¼[k½ xkM+h ds oSxuksa dh la[;k

¼x½ ,;j czsd okys jsd esa bUtu ls czsd&oku rd lHkh oSxuksa dk ,axy dkWd dk [kqyk gksuk flok; czsdoku ds fiNys ,axy dkWd ds

¼?k½ czsd&oku vkSj oSxuksa dh ek'kZfyax O;oLFkkA

91. What is not ensured while preparing GDR by Guard & Loco Pilot?thMhvkj rS;kj djrs le; xkMZ ,oa pkyd }kjk fuEukafdr esa D;k lqfuf'pr ugha fd;k tkrk gS\A. Doors of all wagons must be closed properly.

B. All wagons should be in relased position and their empty loaded device handle should be in proper position.

C. Angle Cock of all air brakes wagons should be in open condition from Engine to Brake Van except Angle cock of Brake Van of Rear

D. Half of the wagon should be Brake binded.

portion.¼d½ oSxuksa ds njokts dks Bhd rjhds ls cUn fd;k tkuk

¼[k½ lHkh oSxu fjyht fLFkfr eas gks ,oa muds bEiVh yksMsM fMokbl dk gS.My lgh fLFkfr esa gksA

¼x½ ,;j czsd okys jsd esa bUtu ls czsd&oku rd lHkh oSxuksa dk ,axy dkWd dk [kqyk gksuk flok; czsdoku ds fiNys ,axy dkWd ds

¼?k½ jsd esa vk/ks oSxuksa esa cszd ckbfMax gksuk pkfg,A

92. How many colums are their in the proforma of GDR?thMhvkj izksQkekZ esa dkWye dh la[;k fdruh gksrh gS\A. 05 B. 06 C. 08 D. 10¼d½ 05 ¼[k½ 06 ¼x½ 08 ¼?k½ 10

93. Which of the following is not shown in the proforma of GDR?fuEukafdr esa ls thMhvkj izksQksekZ esa D;k ugha n'kkZ;k tkrk gS\A. Total Engine B. Pressure in

EngineC. Mass of oil in Engine. D. Pressure in

Brake-Van¼d½ VksVy yksM

¼[k½ bUtu esa izs'kj

¼x½ bUtu esa rsy dh ek=k

¼?k½ czsd&oku esa izs'kj

94. What shall be the percentage of vaccum while performing shunting with 04 or more empty coaches?pkj ;k mlls vf/kd [kkyh dksp ds 'kfUVax djrs le; oSD;qe dk izfr'kr fdruk gksuk pkfg,\A. 50 % B. 60 % C. 70 % D. 100 %¼d½ 50 izfr'kr ¼[k½ 60

izfr'kr ¼x½ 70 izfr'kr ¼?k½ 100

izfr'kr

95. How many empty coaches can be shunted without vaccum?fdrus [kkyh dkspksa dks fcuk oSD;qe ds 'kfUVax fd;k tk ldrk gS\A. 06 B. 05 C. 04 D. 03¼d½ 06 ¼[k½ 05 ¼x½ 04 ¼?k½ 03

96. What shall be the percentage of vaccum while performing shunting loaded with passenger coaches?;k=h ls Hkjs@yns xkfM+;ksa ds 'kfUVax djrs le; fdruk izfr'kr oSD;qe gksuk pkfg,AA. 50 % B. 70 % C. 80 % D. 100 %¼d½ 50 izfr'kr

¼[k½ 70 izfr'kr ¼x½ 80 izfr'kr ¼?k½ 100 izfr'kr

97. What shall be the percentage of vaccum while performing shunting of coaches/Wagons loaded with Livestocks & Escort party?tkuojksa ;k j{kd ny ls yns xkfM+;ksa ds 'kfUVax djrs le; fdruk izfr'kr oSD;qe gksuk pkfg,AA. 50 % B. 70 % C. 80 % D. 100 %¼d½ 50 izfr'kr


98. What shall be the percentage of vaccum while performing shunting of coaches/Wagons more than 250 tonnage load?;fn xkM+h dk Hkkj 250 Vu ls vf/kd gks rks mlds 'kfUVax ds fy, fdruk izfr'kr oSD;qe vko';d gS\A. 50 % B. 70 % C. 80 % D. 100 %¼d½ 50 izfr'kr


99. What shall be the percentage of vaccum while performing shunting of coaches/Wagons

upto 250 tonnage load?;fn xkM+h dk Hkkj 250 Vu rd gks rks mlds 'kfUVax ds fy, fdruk izfr'kr oSD;qe vko';d gS\A. 50 % B. 70 % C. 80 % D. 00 %¼d½ 50 izfr'kr


100. What is the form numbers of OPRS?vks-ih-vkj-,l- dk QkeZ la[;k D;k gS\A. T-1425 B. T/A - 602 C. T/B - 602 D. T -22¼d½ Vh&1425

¼[k½ Vh@,&602 ¼x½ Vh@ch&602 ¼?k½ Vh&22

101. Maximum speed while running through over 1 in 8 ½ turn-out with curved switch is?01 esa 8-5 okys VuZ vkmV okys Lohp ij xkfM+;ksa dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 15 KMPH B. 20 KMPH C. 25 KMPH D. 30 KMPH.¼d½ 15 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 25 fdeh@?kaVk


102. Maximum speed of ‘A’ class ODC is _________ km/h.^,* Dykl vksMhlh dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 30 KMPH B. 40 KMPH C. 50 KMPH D. 25 KMPH.¼d½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk


103. Amount of air pressure in the engine and brake van of a passenger train at theStarting station shall be 5.0 kg/cm2 and ____________.vkjfEHkd LVs'ku ls pyrs le; ;k=h xkM+h esa bUtu vkSj czsd&oku esa ok;q nkc dh ek=k dze'k% 5.0 kg/cm2 vkSj ------------------ gksxh\A. 3.0 kg/cm2 B. 5.0 kg/cm2 C. 5.5 kg/cm2 D. 6.0 kg/cm2.¼d½ 3.0 kg/cm2 ¼[k½ 5.0 kg/cm2 ¼x½ 5.5 kg/cm2k ¼?k½ 6.0 kg/cm2.

104. Before demanding assisting engine, train is to be protected from _________.vflLfVax batu dh ekax djus ds iwoZ Vªsu dks -------------------- ls j{kk dh tkuh pkfg,\A. Protected from Level Crossing Gate B.

ObstructionC. Home Signal D. Distant Signal.

¼d½ ysoy dzkWflax xsV ls cpko fd;k tkuk

¼[k½ vojks/k

¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk


105. In case of train parting, Guard shall show ____________ by day.xkM+h foPNsn gksus ij xkMZ fnu ds le; --------------------- fn[kk,xkAA. Green Flag B. Red Flag C. Green & Red Flag D. None of these.¼d½ gjh >aMh ¼[k½ yky >aMh ¼x½ gjk o yky

>aMk¼?k½ buesa ls dksbZ ughaA

106. In case of train parting, Guard shall show ______________ by night.xkM+h foPNsn gksus ij xkMZ jkr ds le; --------------------- fn[kk,xkAA. Green Light Vertically Up & Down

B. White Light Vertically Up & Down

C. Red Light Vertically Up & Down

D. White Light Horigantly from right to left.

¼d½ gjh cRrh m/okZ/kj :i ls mij vkSj uhps fn[kkuk

¼[k½ lQsn cRrh m/okZ/kj :i ls mij vkSj uhps fn[kkuk

¼x½ yky cRrh m/okZ/kj :i ls mij vkSj uhps fn[kkuk

¼?k½ lQsn cRrh {kSfrt :i ls nk;s ck,W fn[kkuk

107. When train is divided, Guard shall issue _______ authority to Loco Pilot.xkM+h foHkktu gksus ij xkMZ }kjk pkyd dks fn;k tkus okyk izkf/kdkj i= gS\ A. T/609 B. T/509 C. T/806 D. T/431

¼d½ Vh@609 ¼[k½ Vh@509 ¼x½ Vh@806 ¼?k½ Vh@431108. In case of ACP, Loco Pilot shall sound ________ whistle.

,-lh-ih- gksus ij yksdks ik;yV D;k lhVh ctk,xk\A. 02 long 02 short B. 02 shrot 01 long C. 02 long 01 short D. 03 long 02 short¼d½ nks yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ nks NksVh ,d yEch

¼x½ nks yEch ,d NksVh

¼?k½ rhu yEch nks NksVh

109. To call the Guard to engine loco pilot shall sound ___________ whistle.xkMZ dks bUtu ij cqykus ds fy, yksdks ik;yV D;k lhVh ctk,xk\A. 02 long 02 short B. 01 long 01 short C. 02 long 01 short D. 03 long 02 short¼d½ nks yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ ,d yEch ,d NksVh



110. To apply hand brakes by Guard, loco pilot shall sound __________ whistle.xkMZ ds }kjk gS.M czsd yxkus ij xkMZ ds }kjk D;k lhVh ctk;k tk,xkA. 02 long 02 short B. 02 shrot 01 long C. 02 long 01 short D. 03 long 02 short¼d½ nks yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ nks NksVh ,d yEch



111. Goods train without brake van shall not run during?xkMZ ds }kjk gS.M czsd yxkus ij xkMZ ds }kjk D;k lhVh ctk;k tk,xkA. Total failure of communication

B. Single line working on Double line

C. Obstruction in block section

D. For the movement of ART

¼d½ iq.kZ lapkj Hkax gksus dh fLFkfr esa

¼[k½ nksgjh ykbu ij bdgjh ykbu dk;Z iz.kkyh ykxq gksus ij

¼x½ vo:) CykWd lsD'ku esa

¼?k½ nq/kZVuk lgk;rk xkM+h ds lapkyu ds fy,

112. In case of train parting ______ bell code is given on block instrument?xkMZ ds }kjk gS.M czsd yxkus ij xkMZ ds }kjk D;k lhVh ctk;k tk,xkA. 06 pause 01

B. 06 pause 02 C. 06 pause 03 D. 06 pause 04

¼d½ 06 fojke 01

¼[k½ 06 fojke 02 ¼x½ 06 fojke 03 ¼?k½ 06 fojke 04

113. Maximum speed while running through over 1 in 12 turn-out with curved switch is?01 esa 12 okys VuZ vkmV okys Lohp ij xkfM+;ksa dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 15 KMPH B. 20 KMPH C. 25 KMPH D. 30 KMPH.¼d½ 15 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 25 fdeh@?kaVk


114. What is the colour of Form no. T/609?QkeZ la[;k Vh@609 dk jax dSlk gksrk gS\A. Red B. Black C. Blue D. Green¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ uhyk ¼?k½ gjk

115. What is the colour of Caution Order Form?lrdZrk vkns'k QkeZ dk jax dSlk gksrk gS\A. Red B. Black C. Blue D. Black Or Blue¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ uhyk ¼?k½ dkyk ;k

uhyk116. What is the colour of Nil Caution Order Form?

^dqN ugha* lrdZrk vkns'k QkeZ dk jax dSlk gksrk gS\A. Red B. Black C. Blue D. Green¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ uhyk ¼?k½ gjk

117. What is the colour of Reminder Caution Order Form?^vuqLekjd* lrdZrk vkns'k QkeZ dk jax dSlk gksrk gS\A. Red B. Black C. Blue D. Green¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ uhyk ¼?k½ gjk

118. What is the colour of Train Examination Report Form?xkM+h ijh{kd fjiksVZ dh QkeZ la[;k gS\A. T/609 B. T/509 C. T/511 D. T/431¼d½ Vh@609

¼[k½ Vh@509 ¼x½ Vh@511 ¼?k½ Vh@431

119. What is the colour of Shunting Order Form no.?lrdZrk vkns'k QkeZ dk jax dSlk gksrk gS\A. Red B. Black C. Blue D. Green¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ uhyk ¼?k½ gjk

120. What is the colour of Train Examination Reprot Form?xkM+h ijh{kd fjiksVZ dh QkeZ dk jax dSlk gksrk gS\A. Red B. Black C. Blue D. Green¼d½ yky ¼[k½ dkyk ¼x½ uhyk ¼?k½ gjk

121. What shall be the Bell code given by Station master on Block instrument when train enteres the Block section?xkM+h ds CykWd lsD'ku esa izos'k djus ij CykWd midj.k ij D;k ?kaVh ladsr fn;k tk,xk\A. 01 B. 02 C. 03 D. 04¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½ 04

122. What shall be the Bell code given by Station master on Block instrument in case of obstruction?vojks/k dh fLFkfr esa CykWd midj.k ij dSlk ?kaVh ladsrh fn;k tk,xk\A. 03 B. 04 C. 05 D. 06¼d½ 03 ¼[k½ 04 ¼x½ 05 ¼?k½ 06

123. What shall be the Bell code given by Station master on Block instrument when the train has to be stopped and examined?^jksdks vkSj xkM+h dh tkWp djks* ds fy, CykWd midj.k ij fdruh ?kaVh;kW fn;k tk,xk\A. 06 pause 01

B. 06 pause 02 C. 06 pause 03 D. 06 pause 04

¼d½ 06 fojke 01

¼[k½ 06 fojke 02 ¼x½ 06 fojke 03 ¼?k½ 06 fojke 04

124. What shall be the Bell code given by Station master on Block instrument when the train is passed without tail lamp or tail board?xkM+h Vsy ySEi ;k Vsy cksMZ ds fcuk x;h gS] ds fy, CykWd midj.k ij dSlk ladsr fn;k tk,xk\A. 06 pause 01 B. 06 pause 02 C. 06 pause 03 D. 06 pause 04¼d½ 06 fojke 01

¼[k½ 06 fojke 02

¼x½ 06 fojke 03 ¼?k½ 06 fojke 04

125. What shall be the Bell code given by Station master on Block instrument when the Block instrument has to be tested?CykWd midj.k dh tkWp ds fy, fdruh ?kafV;kW ctk;h tk,axh\A. 10 B. 12 C. 14 D. 16¼d½ 10 ¼[k½ 12 ¼x½ 14 ¼?k½ 16

126. Out of Station limit power of any train can be detached by whose permission?LVs'ku lhek ls ckgj xkM+h ls bUtu dkVus ds fy, fdldh vuqefr vko';d gS\A. Station Master of station ahead

B. Station Master of rear station

C. On duty Loco Pilot D. On duty Guard.

¼d½ vxys LVs'ku ds LVs'ku ekLVj

¼[k½ fiNys LVs'ku ds LVs'ku ekLVj

¼x½ dk;Zjr yksdks ik;yV

¼?k½ dk;Zjr xkMZ

127. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot when the Engine is ready to proceed to Loco yard?bUtu yksdks ;kMZ tkus dks rS;kj gS ds fy, yksdks ik;yV }kjk lhVh dk ladsr D;k gksxk\A. 02 long 02 short B. 01 shrot C. 02 short D. 03 long ¼d½ nks yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ 01 NksVh ¼x½ nks NksVh

¼?k½ rhu yEch

128. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot when assitnace is required from the Engine attached in the rear most of train?ihNs yxs bUtu ls lgk;rk dh vko';drk gksus ij yksdks ik;yV }kjk lhVh dk ladsr D;k gksxk\A. 02 long 02 short B. 01 shrot 01 long C. 02 short 02 long D. 03 short 02 long¼d½ nks yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ 01 NksVh 01 yach

¼x½ nks NksVh 02 yach

¼?k½ 03 NksVh 02 yEch

129. What shall not be the indication of sounding two short whistles by Loco Pilot of a train?yksdks ik;yV }kjk nks NksVh lhVh ctkus dk D;k ladsr ugha gksxk\A. Call for Guard Signal

B. To call Guard on Engine

C. All right Signal not exchanged by Guard

D. All right Signal not exchanged by Station staff.

¼d½ xkMZ ls flxuy ekaxuk

¼[k½ xkMZ dks batu ij cqykuk

¼x½ xkMZ }kjk flxuyksa dk vknku&iznku ugha fd;k x;k gks

¼?k½ LVs'ku deZpkfj;ksa }kjk flxuyksa dk vknku&iznku ugha fd;k x;k gks

130. What shall not be the indication of sounding one long one short whistles by Loco Pilot of a train?yksdks ik;yV }kjk ,d yEch ,d NksVh lhVh ctkus dk D;k ladsr ugha gksxk\A. Guard to release brake.

B. Before starting engine from station /Mid section.

C. Guard to assist, train is out of control.

D. Main line is clear after backing the load in siding.

¼d½ xkMZ csd fjyht djsa

¼[k½ LVs'ku@e/; lsD'ku ls xkM+h dk batu LVkVZ djus ds iwoZ

¼x½ xkMZ lgk;rk djsa xkM+h fu;a=.k ls ckgj gSA

¼?k½ lkbfMax esa cSd djus ds ckn esu ykbu lkQ gSA

131. What shall be the indication of sounding three short whistles by Loco Pilot of a train?pkyd }kjk 03 NksVh lhVh ctkus dk D;k ladsr gksrk gS\A. Call for Guard Signal

B. To call Guard on Engine

C. Guard to assist, train is out of control.

D. Both B & C options are correct.

¼d½ xkM+h dh ihNs ls j{kk djsaA

¼[k½ xkMZ cszd yxkosaA

¼x½ xkMZ lgk;rk djsa xkM+h fu;a=.k ls ckgj gSA

¼?k½ [k ,oa x nksukas fodYi lgh gSA

132. When a train is unable to proceed on account of accident failure or obstruction, what shall be the whistle code sounded by Loco Pilot?nq?kZVuk] foQyrk ;k vojks/k ;k vU; fof'k"V dkj.kksa ls xkM+h vkxs ugha c<+ ldrh gS rks pkyd }kjk fn;k x;k batu lhVh dksM D;k gksxk\A. 03 long 02 short B. 04 shrot C. 02 short D. 03 short¼d½ rhu yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ 04 NksVh ¼x½ nks NksVh ¼?k½ 03 NksVh

133. What shall be the whistle sounded by the Loco Pilot when has to be protected by the Guard in rear?xkMZ dks xkM+h dh ihNs ls j{kk djus gsrq pkyd }kjk D;k lhVh ladsr fn;k tk,xk\

A. 03 long 02 short B. 04 shrot C. 02 short D. 03 short¼d½ rhu yEch nks NksVh

¼[k½ 04 NksVh ¼x½ nks NksVh ¼?k½ 03 NksVh

134. What indication is not given by the Loco Pilot by sounding Whistle code “One Short One Long & One Short”?yksdks ik;yV }kjk fn, x, lhVh ladsr ^,d NksVh ,d yEch o ,d NksVh* dk vfHkizk; ugha gS\A. Token missed or Token not received.

B. With wrong authority to proceed.

C. To call the Guard on engine.

D. For passing stop signal at on position with proper authority.

¼d½ Vksdu NqV x;k ;k izkIr ugha gqvkA

¼[k½ xyr izLFkku izkf/kdkj ds lkFkA

¼x½ xkMZ ds bUtu ij vkus gsrqA

¼?k½ mfpr izkf/kdkj ij jksd flxuy vkWu voLFkk esa ikj djukA

135. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot at the time of approaching Level Crossing Gate?leikj QkVd dh vksj igqWprs vksj ikl djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dk lhVh dksM D;k gksxk\A. 01 long 01 short

B. Sounding whistle after regular interval

C. 02 Continuous whistling without any interval.

D. 03 short 02 long

¼d½ ,d yEch ,d NksVh

¼[k½ :d :d dj lhVh ctkuk

¼x½ fcuk :ds yxkrkj lhVh ctkuk

¼?k½ 03 NksVh 02 yEch

136. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot at the time of approaching location of tunnel or place of restricted visibility or curvature or cutting or accident site or in foggy/stormy weather zone where visibility of signal is poor?lqjax ;k izfrcaf/kr n`’;rk okys {ks= ;k eksM+ ;k dfVax ;k nq?kZVuk LFky ;k dqgklk@rqQku ;k vU; dkj.kksa ls flxuy dk fn[kuk ckf/kr gks ogkW igqWprs ;k xqtjrs le; yksdks ik;yV dk lhVh ladsr D;k gksxk\A. 01 long 01 short

B. Sounding whistle after regular interval


D. 01 continuous long whistle.




¼?k½ 01 yxkrkj yEch lhVh

137. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot in case of train parting or incomplete arrival?xkM+h foPNsn ;k viw.kZ igwWpus ij yksdks ik;yV dk lhVh ladsr D;k gksxk\A. 01 long 01 short 01 long 01 short.

B. Sounding whistle after regular interval.


D. 02 long 01 short 02 long 01 short.

¼d½ ,d yEch ,d NksVh ,d yEch ,d NksVh



¼?k½ nks yEch ,d NksVh nks yEch ,d NksVh

138. What indication is not given by the Loco Pilot by sounding Whistle code “Two short one long”?yksdks ik;yV }kjk fn, x, lhVh ladsr ^nks NksVh ,d yEch* dk vfHkizk; ugha gS\A. Alarm chain pulled.

B. Insufficient vaccum in Engine

C. Vaccum brake applied by Guard

D. Material train is ready to start.

¼d½ vykeZ psu [khapk tkukA

¼[k½ bUtu esa vi;kZIr oSD;qeA

¼x½ xkMZ }kjk oSD;qe czsd yxk;k x;kA

¼?k½ eSVsfj;y Vªsu pyus ds fy, rS;kj gSA

139. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot, when pantograph is raised and the same is acknowledged by Loco Pilot of other engine?

yksdks ik;yV }kjk isUVksxzkQ mBkus ,oa nwljs bUtu }kjk vfHkLohd`r fd, tkus ds fy, lhVh ladsr D;k gksxk\A. 01 long 01 short B. 02 long 02

shortC. Two long D. 02 short


¼[k½ nks yEch nks NksVh

¼x½ nks yEch ¼?k½ nks NksVh

140. What shall be the whistle code sounded by the Loco Pilot, when pantograph is kept down and the same is acknowledged by Loco Pilot of other engine?yksdks ik;yV }kjk isUVksxzkQ >qdkus ,oa nwljs bUtu }kjk vfHkLohd`r fd, tkus ds fy, lhVh ladsr D;k gksxk\A. 01 long 01 short 01 long B. 02 long 02 short 02 long C. Two long D. 02 short¼d½ ,d yEch ,d NksVh 01 yEch

¼[k½ nks yEch nks NksVh nks yEch

¼x½ nks yEch

¼?k½ nks NksVh

141. Maximum How many engines can be attached in a train?,d xkM+h esa vf/kdre fdrus bUtu yxk;s tk ldrs gS\ A. 01 B. 02 C. 03 D. 04¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½ 04

142. When a Passanger train does not arrive at next station within the scheduled time, after how much time it will be termed as delayed train?;fn dksbZ lokjh xkM+h fu/kkZfjr vkxeu le; ls fdrus le; ds Hkhrj vxys LVs'ku ij ugha igqWprh gS rks vlk/kkj.k :i ls foyfEcr xkM+h ekuh tk,xhAA. 10 minute B. 15 minute C. 20 minute D. 25 minute¼d½ 10 feuV


143. When a Goods train does not arrive at next station within the scheduled time, after how much time it will be termed as delayed train?;fn dksbZ eky xkM+h fu/kkZfjr vkxeu le; ls fdrus le; ds Hkhrj vxys LVs'ku ij ugha igqWprh gS rks vlk/kkj.k :i ls foyfEcr xkM+h ekuh tk,xhAA. 10 minute B. 15 minute C. 20 minute D. 25 minute¼d½ 10 feuV


144. What shall be the maximum speed in dock line in E.C. Railway? iwoZ e/; jsy {ks= esa MkWd ykbu esa vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 10 KMPH B. 15 KMPH C. 20 KMPH D. 25 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 20 fdeh@?kaVk


145. In block section when an engine is pushing the train and brake van is not leading, what shall be the maximum speed of train?;fn bUtu CykWd lsD'ku esa fdlh xkM+h dks /kdsy jgk gks vkSj czsd&oku yksM ds ihNs u gks rks vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 10 KMPH B. 15 KMPH C. 20 KMPH D. 25 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 20 fdeh@?kaVk


146. In block section when an engine is pushing the train and brake van is leading, what shall be the maximum speed of train?;fn bUtu CykWd lsD'ku esa fdlh xkM+h dks /kdsy jgk gks vkSj czsd&oku yksM ds ihNs yxk gks rks vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 10 KMPH B. 15 KMPH C. 20 KMPH D. 25 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 20 fdeh@?kaVk


147. What will be maximum speed of a train at night when its head light becomes defective?;fn xkM+h dh gsMykbV [kjkc gks tk, rks jkr esa xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 30 KMPH B. 40 KMPH C. 50 KMPH D. 60 KMPH¼d½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk


148. What shall be the maximum speed of a train during total interruption of commumcation in foggy weather?dqgkls esa iw.kZ CykWd i)fr esa xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 30 KMPH B. 40 KMPH C. 50 KMPH D. 60 KMPH¼d½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk


149. What shall be the maximum speed of a train in Automatic Signal Territory when stop signal is showing green light in foggy weather?dqgkls esa Lopkfyr i)fr esa jksd flxuy gjk jgus ij xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 30 KMPH B. 40 KMPH C. 50 KMPH D. 60 KMPH¼d½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk


150. What shall be the maximum speed of a train in Automatic Signal Territory when stop signal is showing two yellow lights in foggy weather?dqgkls esa Lopkfyr i)fr esa jksd flxuy nks ihyk jgus ij xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 30 KMPH B. 40 KMPH C. 50 KMPH D. 60 KMPH¼d½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk


151. What shall be the maximum speed of a train in Automatic Signal Territory when stop signal is showing one yellow light in foggy weather?dqgkls esa Lopkfyr i)fr esa jksd flxuy ,d ihyk jgus ij xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 30 KMPH B. 40 KMPH C. 50 KMPH D. Be ready to stop at the next stop

signal.¼d½ 30 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 50 fdeh@?kaVk

¼?k½ vxys flxuy ij :dus ds fy, rS;kj jgsA

152. Whose permission is required for the movement of train without Brake Van?fdlh xkM+h dks fcuk czsd&oku ds pykus ds fy, fdldh vuqefr vko';d gS\A. Assistant Operations Manager

B. Sr. Divl. Commercial Manager

C. Sr. Divl. Operation Manager

D. Chief Controller

¼d½ lgk;d ifjpkyu izc/kad

¼[k½ ofj"B eaMy okf.kT; izca/kd

¼x½ ofj"B eaMy ifjpkyu izca/kd

¼?k½ eq[; fu;a=d

153. Whose permission is required for the movement of train without Guard?fdlh xkM+h dks fcuk xkMZ ds pykus ds fy, fdldh vuqefr vko';d gS\A. Assistant Operations Manager

B. Sr. Divl. Commercial Manager

C. Sr. Divl. Operation Manager

D. Chief Controller

¼d½ lgk;d ifjpkyu izc/kad

¼[k½ ofj"B eaMy okf.kT; izca/kd

¼x½ ofj"B eaMy ifjpkyu izca/kd

¼?k½ eq[; fu;a=d

154. What shall be speed of a train without brake van while passing running through station section in day time?fnu ds le; fcuk czsd oku (Last Vehicle) ds pyus okyh xkM+h dh LVs'ku lsD'ku

ls ikl djrs le; xfr D;k gksxh\A. 10 KMPH B. 15 KMPH C. 20 KMPH D. 25 KMPH¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 20 fdeh@?kaVk


155. What shall be speed of a train without brake van while passing station section at night?jkr ds le; fcuk czsd oku (Last Vehicle) ds pyus okyh xkM+h dh LVs'ku lsD'ku ls ikl djrs le; xfr D;k gksxh\A. 10 KMPH B. 15 KMPH C. 20 KMPH D. The train will stop at every station.¼d½ 10 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 20 fdeh@?kaVk

¼?k½ lHkh LVs'kuksa ij :d dj pysxhA

156. Under which circumstances a Goods train cannot be regulated/run without Guard?fdlh ekyxkM+h dks fcuk xkMZ ds fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa ugha pyk;k tk ldrk gS\A. In windy & stormy weather.

B. Total failure of communication.

C. In Automatic Block system.

D. In Absolute block system.

¼d½ vkW/kh rqQku ds ekSle esa

¼[k½ iw.kZ lapkj ckf/kr gksus ij

¼x½ Lopkfyr CykWd i)fr esa

¼?k½ iw.kZ CykWd i)fr esaA

157. Under which circumstances a Goods train cannot be regulated/run without Guard?fdlh ekyxkM+h dks fcuk xkMZ ds fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa ugha pyk;k tk ldrk gS\A. In windy & stormy weather.


C. Single line working on Double line.

D. Both “B” & “C” options are correct.



¼x½ nksgjh ykbu esa bdgjh ykbu dk;Z iz.kkyh

¼?k½ [k ,oa x nksuksa fodYi lgh gSA

158. Under which circumstances a Goods train cannot be regulated/run without Guard?fdlh ekyxkM+h dks fcuk xkMZ ds fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa pyk;k tk ldrk gS\A. with the permission of Sr. Divl. Operations Manager having brake-van.


C. Single line working on Double line.

D. In foggy weather.

¼d½ xkM+h esa czsdoku jgus ij ofj"B eaMy ifjpkyu izcad/k dh vuqefr ls


¼x½ nksgjh ykbu esa bdgjh ykbu dk;Z iz.kkyh

¼?k½ dqgkls ds ekSle esaA

159. Under which circumstances a Goods train cannot be regulated/run without Brake Van?fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa fcuk czsd oku (Last Vehicle) okyh xkM+h ugha pyk;h tk ldrh gS\A. In windy & stormy weather.


C. In Automatic Block system.

D. In Absolute block system.



¼x½ Lopkfyr CykWd i)fr esa

¼?k½ iw.kZ CykWd i)fr esaA

160. Under which circumstances a Goods train can be regulated/run without Brake van?fuEu esa ls fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa fcuk czsd oku (Last Vehicle) okyh xkM+h pyk;h tk ldrh gS\A. with the permission of Sr. Divl. Operations Manager by getting information from TNL/SPJ.


C. In Gradient section.

D. Thick foggy and tempestuous weather.

¼d½ ofj"B eaMy ifjpkyu ¼[k½ iw.kZ ¼x½ ¼?k½ ?kus

izcad/k dh vuqefr ls [k.Mh; fu;a=d }kjk lqpuk izkIr djds

lapkj ckf/kr gksus ijA

<yku okys lsD'ku esaA

dqgkls okys ekSle esaA

161. For attaching dead engine in any train who will be authorize to give engine fit?fdlh xkM+h esa e`r bUtu yxkus ds fy, fdlds }kjk bUtu fQV feyuk pkfg,\A. Traffic Inspector B. commercial Inspectior C. Loco Inspector. D. Chief Controler¼d½ ;krk;kr fujh{kd

¼[k½ okf.kT; fujh{kd ¼x½ yksdks fujh{kdA

¼?k½ eq[; fu;a=d

162. How many types of Marshalling there are?ek'kZfyax fdrus izdkj ds gksrs gS\A. 01 B. 02 C. 03 D. 04¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½ 04

163. Which of the following is a not a process of Marshalling?fuEukafdr esa dkSu ek'kZfyax i)fr ugha gS\A. To arrange wagons in Chronogical order

B. To arrange wagons in Scientific order

C. To arrange wagons in Geographical order

D. To arrange wagons according to their carrying capacity.

¼d½ dzec) <ax ls okguksa dks ltkuk

¼[k½ oSKkfud :i ls okguksa dks ltkuk

¼x½ HkkSxksfyd :i ls okguksa dks ltkuk

¼?k½ okguksa dks muds ogu {kerk ds vuqlkj ltkuk

164. How many vehicles having hand Brake/Brake Van can be attached in the rearmost of a train?fdlh Hkh xkM+h ds ihNs esa de ls de fdrus czsdoku ;k gS.M czsd okyh xkM+h yxk;h tk,xh\A. 01 B. 02 C. 03 D. 04¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½ 04

165. How many vehicles having hand Brake/Brake Van can be attached in a train?fdlh Hkh xkM+h esa vf/kdre fdrus czsdoku ;k gS.M czsd okyh xkM+h yxk;h tk,xh\A. 01 B. 02 C. 03 D. No such limitation is there.¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02 ¼x½ 03 ¼?k½ dksbZ lhek fu/kkZfjr

ugha gSA166. How many wagons can be attached in the rearmost of a passenger train or mixed train

having full vaccum?;k=h xkM+h ;k feDlM xkM+h esa iw.kZr;k oSD;qe ;qDr czsdoku ds ihNs vf/kdre fdruh xkM+h yxk;h tk,xh\A. 02 eight wheeelers B. 03 Eight wheelers C. 04 Eight wheelers D. 05 Eight wheelers¼d½ nks vkB pDds

¼[k½ rhu vkB pDds

¼x½ pkj vkB pDds

¼?k½ ikWp vkB pDds

167. How many Inspection carriage can be attached in the rearmost of Two Eight Wheelars attached to a passenger train or mixed train having full vaccum?;k=h xkM+h ;k feDlM xkM+h esa iw.kZr;k oSD;qe ;qDr czsdoku ds ihNs nks vkB pDds yxus ds ckn vf/kdre fdruh fujh{k.k ;ku yxk;h tk,xh\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

168. How many Inspection carriage can be attached in the rearmost of Two Eight Wheelars attached to a Good train train having full vaccum?Ekky xkM+h esa iw.kZr;k oSD;qe ;qDr czsdoku ds ihNs nks vkB pDds yxus ds ckn vf/kdre fdruh fujh{k.k ;ku yxk;h tk,xh\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

ughaA169. Maximum how many Inspection carriage can be attached in Mail/Express train?

esy ,Dlizsl xkfM+;ksa esa vf/kdre fdrus fujh{k.k ;ku yxk, tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

170. Maximum how many Inspection carriage can be attached in Passenger train?lokjh xkfM+;ksa esa vf/kdre fdrus fujh{k.k ;ku yxk, tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

171. Which of the following cannot be attached in Mail/Express train?esy ,Dlizsl xkfM+;ksa esa fuEukafdr esa ls D;k ugha yxk ldrs gS\A. Hand brake fitted vehicle B. Inspection Carriege C. Pantry Car. D. Wagons of Goods train.¼d½ gS.M czsd ;qDr okgu

¼[k½ fujh{k.k ;ku

¼x½ iSUVªh dkj-

¼?k½ ekyxkM+h ds MCcs-

172. Which of the following conditions is not applicable for attaching Goods coaches in passenger train?;k=h xkM+h esa ekyxkM+h ds MCcs yxkus ds fy, fuEu esa ls dkSu lh 'krZ vko';d ugha gS\A. Hand brake fitted vehicle

B. Inspection Carriege C. Pantry Car. D. Wagons of Goods train.

¼d½ xkM+h ijh{kd ds }kjk fQV feyus ijA

¼[k½ xkM+h dh xfr ekyMCcs ds vf/kdre xfr ds cjkcj gksxhA

¼x½ xkM+h esa vf/kdre 10 MCcs gksus ijA

¼?k½ ekyxkM+h ds MCcksa dh la[;k fu/kkZfjr ugha gSaA

173. Maximum how many Inspection carriage can be attached in a Goods train?eky xkfM+;ksa esa vf/kdre fdrus fujh{k.k ;ku yxk, tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

174. Maximum how many wagons loaded with explosives can be attached in a Goods train?fdlh Hkh ;k=h xkM+h esa foLQksVd inkFkZ ls yns fdrus vf/kdre MCcs yxk;s tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. There are no such limitations of coaches.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ MCcksa dh la[;k fu/kkZfjr ugha gSA

175. Maximum how many wagons loaded with explosives can be attached in a Mixed train?fefJr xkM+h esa vf/kdre fdrus foLQksVd inkFkZ ls yns MCcs yxk;s tk ldrs gS A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

176. How protection is provided for the wagons loaded with explosives?foLQksVd ls yns xkfM+;ksa dk cpko fdl izdkj fd;k tkrk gS\A. One eight wheeled wagon shall be attached both in ahead and rear of wagons loaded with explosives.

B. Two eight wheeled wagon shall be attached both in ahead and rear of wagons loaded with

C. Three eight wheeled wagon shall be attached in ahead and rear of wagons loaded with explosives.

D. Four eight wheeled wagon shall be attached in ahead and rear of wagons loaded with explosives.

explosives.¼d½ foLQksVd ls yns oSxuksa ds Bhd vkxs ,oa ihNs ,d&,d vkB pDds okyh xkM+h yxk,axsaA

¼[k½ foLQksVd ls yns oSxuksa ds Bhd vkxs ,oa ihNs nks&nks vkB pDds okyh xkM+h yxk,axsaA

¼x½ foLQksVd ls yns oSxuksa ds Bhd vkxs ,oa ihNs rhu&rhu vkB pDds okyh xkM+h yxk,axsaA

¼?k½ foLQksVd ls yns oSxuksa ds Bhd vkxs ,oa ihNs pkj&pkj vkB pDds okyh xkM+h yxk,axsaA

177. Under which circumstance wagons loaded with explosives can be attached in a mixed train?fefJr xkM+h esa foLQksVd ls yns xkfM+;kW fdlh ifjfLFkfr esa yxk;h tk,xh\A. In section where Goods trains do not run.

B. In section where passenger trains do not run.

C. In section where there is no gradient.

D. The section which is not Electrified.

¼d½ ftl lsD'ku esa ekyxkM+h ugha pyrh gksA

¼[k½ ftls lsD'ku esa ;k=h xkM+h ugha pyrh gksA

¼x½ ftl lsD'ku esa <yku ugha gksA

¼?k½ tks lsD'ku fo|qrhd`r ugha gksA

178. How many damage coaches can be attached in a passenger train?fdlh lh lokjh xkM+h esa fdrus {kfrxzLr MCcs yxk;s tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

179. How many damage coaches can be attached in a Mail/Express train?fdlh lh esy@,Dlizsl xkM+h esa fdrus {kfrxzLr MCcs yxk;s tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

180. How many damage coaches can be attached in a Mixed train?fdlh lh fefJr xkM+h esa fdrus {kfrxzLr MCcs yxk;s tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03-

181. In which section mixed train can be regulated by attaching damage coaches?fefJr xkM+h esa {kfrxzLr MCcs fuEukafdr esa ls fdu lsD'ku esa yxkdj pyk;k tk ldrk gSs\A. In section where Goods trains do not run.

B. In section where passenger trains do not run.

C. In section where there is no gradient.

D. The section which is not Electrified.

¼d½ ftl lsD'ku esa ekyxkM+h ugha pyrh gksA

¼[k½ ftls lsD'ku esa ;k=h xkM+h ugha pyrh gksA

¼x½ ftl lsD'ku esa <yku ugha gksA

¼?k½ tks lsD'ku fo|qrhd`r ugha gksA

182. Where Damaged coaches can be attached in mixed train ? fdlh Hkh xkM+h esa {kfrxzLr MCcs dgkW yxk;k tk ldrk gSs\A. With engine B. In the middle of

train. C. Ahead of Brake van D In the rear of Brake van as a

last vehicle.¼d½ bUtu ds lkFk esa

¼[k½ xkM+h ds e/; esa

¼x½ czsdoku ls igys

¼?k½ czsdoku ds ihNs lcls vfUre MCcs ds :i esaA

183. Which is not a condition for attaching damage coaches in a train?fdlh Hkh xkM+h esa {kfrxzLr MCcs yxk;s tkus ds fuUe esa ls D;k 'krZ ugha gS\A. Fit certificate obtained from Train Examiner.

B. TXR escort party will remain in the train.

C. Shall move only in day.

D. Shall move in day & night both.

¼d½ xkM+h ijh{kd ds }kjk fQV feyk gks rksA

¼[k½ xkM+h ijh{kd j{kd ny lkFk pysxkA

¼x½ dsoy fnu esa lapyu djsxkA

¼?k½ fnu vkSj jkr nksuksa esa lapyu djsxkA

184. What do you mean by POH?ih-vks-,p- ls D;k rkRi;Z gS\A. Preliminary Over hauling.

B. Primary Over Hauling. C. Periodical Over Hauling.

D. Periodical Over-oiling

¼d½ fizfyfeujh vksoj gkWfyax

¼[k½ izkbejh vksoj gkWfyax

¼x½ fifjvksfMdy vksoj gkWfyax

¼?k½ fifjvksfMdy vksoj vkWfyax

185. How many coaches of POH can be attached in a train?ih-vks-,p- ds fdrus vf/kdre MCcs xkM+h esa yxk, tk ldrs gSaS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. No. Of coaches not fixed.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02-

¼?k½ MCcksa dh la[;k fu/kkZfjr ugha gSA

186. Where POH coach can be attached in a train?fdlh Hkh xkM+h esa ih-vks-,p- MCcs dgkW yxk;k tk ldrk gSs\A. With Engine B. In the Middle of

the trainC. With Engine or in the rear of Brake van.

D. In rear of Brake van.

¼d½ bUtu ds lkFk esa


¼x½ bUtu ds lkFk ;k czsdoku ds ihNs

¼?k½ czsdoku ds ihNs

187. When coach of POH is not able to be locked, where such coach will be attached in a train?;fn ih-vks-,p- MCcs esa rkyk ugha yx ik jgk gS rks ml MCcs dks xkM+h eas dgkW yxk;k tk,xk \A. With Engine B. In the Middle

of the trainC. With Engine or in the rear of Brake van.

D. Ahead of Brake van.

¼d½ bUtu ds lkFk esa


¼x½ bUtu ds lkFk ;k czsdoku ds ihNs

¼?k½ czsdoku ds vUnjA

188. How many four wheeled wagons can be attached between two eight wheeled wagons in a Goods train?ekyxkM+h esa nks vkB pDds ds chp fdrus pkj pDds ds xkM+h yxk;s tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 03. D. Two or more than two.¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 03- ¼?k½ nks ;k nks ls T;knkA

189. How many empty wagons can be attached between two loaded wagons?nks yksMsM oSxuksa ds chp fdrus [kkyh MCcs yxk;s tk ldrs gSa\A. As far as possible Not any. B. 01. C. 03. D. Two or more than two.¼d½ ;FkklEHko ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 03- ¼?k½ nks ;k nks ls T;knkA

190. When it is necessary to attach an empty wagon between two loaded wagons which of the following memo should be given to the Loco Pilot of the train?;fn fdlh xkM+h esa nks yksMsM oSxu ds chp esa [kkyh MCck yxk;k tkuk vko';d gS rks pkyd dks D;k fuEu esa ls D;k fn;k tk,xk\A. T/509 B. T/806 C. T/409 D. T-B/409¼d½ Vh@509 ¼[k½ Vh@806 ¼x½ Vh@409 ¼?k½

Vh&ch@409 191. How many Eight wheeled coaches can be attached in the rearmost of a Brake van to a

Goods train train having full vaccum?iw.kZr% oSD;qe ekyxkM+h ds fiNys czsdoku ds ckgj vf/kdre fdrus vkB pDds yxk, tk ldrs gS\ A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03¼d½ ,d Hkh ¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03

ughaA192. How Eight wheeled coaches can be attached with an Inspection carriage in the rearmost of

a Brake van to a Goods train train having full vaccum?iw.kZr% oSD;qe ekyxkM+h ds fiNys czsdoku ds ckgj ;fn ,d fujh{k.k ;ku yxkuk gks rks mlds lkFk fdrus vkB pDds yxk, tk ldrs gS\ A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03

193. Maximum how many coaches loaded with explosives can be attached in a Goods train?ekyxkM+h esa vf/kdre foLQksVd ls yns fdrus vf/kdre MCcs yxk, tk ldrs gS\A. 06 B. 08. C. 10. D. 12¼d½ 06 ¼[k½ 08- ¼x½ 10- ¼?k½ 12

194. How many Mechanical clamp can be used in a wagon having broken spring?fLizax okys oSxuksa ds fLizaV VqV tkus ij ,d oSxu esa vf/kdre fdrus eSdsfudy DySEi yxk, tk ldrs gS\A. Not any. B. 01. C. 02. D. 03¼d½ ,d Hkh ughaA

¼[k½ 01- ¼x½ 02- ¼?k½ 03

195. Maximum how many Mechanical clamp can be used in a full rake having broken spring in it?fLizax okys oSxuksa ds fLizaV VqV tkus ij iwjh xkM+h esa vf/kdre fdrus eSdsfudy DySEi yxk, tk ldrs gS\A. 20. B. 30. C. 40. D. There is no such fixed number.¼d½ 20 ¼[k½ 30- ¼x½ 40- ¼?k½ dksbZ la[;k fu/kkZfjr

ugha gSaA196. What shall be the maximum speed of a train after applying or using mechanical clamp in a

train?eSdsfudy DySEi yxus ds ckn fdlh xkM+h dh vf/kdre xfr D;k gksxh\A. 60 KMPH. B. 50 KMPH. C. 40 KMPH. D. 30 KMPH¼d½ 60 fdeh@?kaVk


¼x½ 40 fdeh@?kaVk


197. What do you mean by OPRS?vks-ih-vkj-,l- ls D;k vfHkizk; gS\A. Originating power of Rolling stock .

B. Optional power of Rolling-Stock.

C. Orientation power of Rolling stock.

D. Operational Power of Rolling stock.

¼d½ vkWfjftusfVax ikoj vkWQ jkfyax LVkWd

¼[k½ vkWI'kuy ikoj vkWQ jkfyax LVkWd

¼x½ vksfj,UVs'ku ikoj vkWQ jkfyax LVkWd

¼?k½ vkWijs'kuy ikoj vkWQ jkfyax LVkWd

198. The number of working cylinders in a train in the Brake Power Certificate is indicated in which amount?czsd ikoj lfVZfQdsV esa dqy dk;Zjr czssd flfy.Mjksa dh ek=k fdlesa nh tkrh gS\A. In term of percentage.

B. In terms of quantity.

C. In terms of quantity and percentage both.

D. None of these.

¼d½ izfr'kr esa fu/kkZfjr dh tkrh gSA

¼[k½ la[;k esa fu/kkZfjr dh tkrh gSA

¼x½ la[;k vkSj izfr'kr nksuksa eas fu/kkZfjr dh tkrh gSA

¼?k½ bueas ls dksbZ ugha

199. Why the most restricted aspect of a stop signal is Red colour?jksd flxuy dk lcls izfrcaf/kr ladsr yky D;wW gksrk gS\A. The visibility of Red colour is clear.

B. The wavelength of Red colour is maximum.

C. The wavelength of Red colour is minimum.

D. None of these.

¼d½ yky jax dh n`';rk Li"V gksrh gSA

¼[k½ yky jax dk rjaxnS/;Z lcls T;knk gksrk gSA

¼x½ yky jax dk rjaxnS/;Z lcls de gksrk gSA

¼?k½ bueas ls dksbZ ugha

200. Brake Power Certificate is prepared in how many copies?czsd ikoj lfVZfQdsV- dqy fdruh izfr;ksa esa rS;kj dh tkrh gS\A. 01. B. 02. C. 03. D. 04¼d½ 01 ¼[k½ 02- ¼x½ 03- ¼?k½ 04

--------------------------------------------------------****************----------------------------------------------------------

ANSWER SHEET Seires-V

1 A 41 D 81 C 121 C 161 C2 D 42 D 82 D 122 D 162 B3 C 43 D 83 C 123 A 163 D4 A 44 A 84 B 124 B 164 A5 C 45 A 85 C 125 D 165 D6 A 46 D 86 D 126 D 166 A7 A 47 D 87 B 127 B 167 B8 C 48 D 88 B 128 B 168 B9 B 49 D 89 C 129 B 169 B10 C 50 A 90 C 130 C 170 C11 B 51 B 91 D 131 D 171 D12 A 52 C 92 B 132 B 172 D13 D 53 C 93 C 133 B 173 B14 D 54 C 94 A 134 C 174 A15 B 55 B 95 D 135 B 175 D16 D 56 D 96 D 136 D 176 A17 A 57 A 97 D 137 A 177 A18 C 58 D 98 A 138 D 178 A19 A 59 B 99 D 139 C 179 A20 B 60 A 100 D 140 A 180 B21 D 61 B 101 A 141 C 181 A22 A 62 D 102 B 142 A 182 D23 A 63 C 103 D 143 C 183 D24 C 64 C 104 B 144 A 184 C25 B 65 D 105 A 145 A 185 C26 C 66 B 106 B 146 D 186 C27 C 67 C 107 A 147 B 187 D28 D 68 D 108 B 148 D 188 D29 B 69 C 109 A 149 D 189 A30 D 70 C 110 B 150 A 190 C31 D 71 C 111 A 151 D 191 D32 D 72 C 112 C 152 C 192 B33 C 73 D 113 D 153 C 193 C34 A 74 A 114 C 154 C 194 B35 B 75 D 115 D 155 D 195 D36 D 76 C 116 D 156 B 196 C37 B 77 A 117 D 157 D 197 D38 D 78 C 118 D 158 A 198 A

39 B 79 B 119 C 159 B 199 A40 D 80 C 120 B 160 A 200 C

---------------------------------------*********************************-----------------------------------------------

Series-VI 1. Authorized Officer is in Zonal Railway. (a) C.S.O. (b) P.C.O.M (c) A.G.M (d) G.M.

2. who prepared SUBSIDIARY RULE (a) P.C.O.M (b) A.G.M (c) C.S.O.(d) P.C.O.S.

3. Distant Signal is a Signal? (a) Stop (b) Subsidery (c) permissive (d) none.

4. Which station found Neutral zone. (a)“D” class (b) “C” class (c) “A” class (d) “B” class.

5. Normal speed of Shunting. (a)10 KMPH (b) 15 KMPH (c) 25 KMPH (d) 08 KMPH

6. Speed of shunting for “ODC” (a) 08 KMPH (b) 15 KMPH (c) 40 KMPH (d) 20 KMPH

7. When Engine should be stopped before attaching with passenger train. (a) 10 meter (b) 30 meter (c) 20 meter (d) 70 meter

8. Who is responsible for the failure of points. (a) Guard (b) Competent rail servant (c) Loco Pilot (d) Station Master.

9. What is Block over Lap in two aspects signal system? (a) 180 meter (b) 400 meter (c) 120 meter (d) 300 meter

10. What is Block over Lap in multiple aspects signal system. (a) 120 meter (b) 400 meter (c) 600 meter (d) 180 meter

11. Which form is used in shunting order. (a) T/409 (b) T/906 (c) T/806 (d) T/506

12. At what distance detonator signal will be placed to save the train on B.G. (a) 600 meter – 1200 meter -1210 meter - 1220 meter (b) 400 meter - 800 meter – 810 meter - 820 meter (c) 90 meter -180 meter - 190 meter (d) As per common Gauge in all Gauge

13. Distance of V.T.O from station building in multiple signal aspects. (a) 300 meter (b) 350 meter (c) 180 meter (d) None

14. Speed for damage vehicle during shunting. (a) 15 KMPH (b) 10 KMPH (c) 30 KMPH (d) 08 KMPH

15. What is speed during shunting of CRANE. (a) 15 KMPH (b) 08 KMPH (c) 10 KMPH (d) 20 KMPH

16. What is Speed of train passing through Non-Interlocking. (a) 15 KMPH (b) 10 KMPH (c) 50 KMPH (d) 25 KMPH

17. Which written authority to pass deffective signal on same station. (a) T/369(1) (b) T/609 (c) T/369(3b) (d) T/806

18. If facing point is defected then speed of the train. (a) 15 KMPH (b) 25 KMPH (c) 10 KMPH (d) T/A-912

19. What distance should be maintain during clamping and pad locking from tong rail Switch. (a) 8 to 10 inch (b) 9 to 12 inch (c) 10 to 15 inch (d) 120 meter

20. If shunt signal is defective which written authority will be delivered by competent railway servent to Loco Pilot/Shunter.. (a) T/369(1) (b) T/609 (c) T/806 (d) T/906

21. If calling on signal is “ON” condition, which light will delighted . (a) Yellow (b) One small yellow (c) Green (d) None of the light. 22. Which is the example of Non-block Station? (a) A Class (b) B Class (c) C Classs (d) D Class

23. How many adopted system of working in Indian Railway (a) 5 (b) 9 (c) 6 (d) 8

24. Who is authorized to issue special instruction? (a) PCOM (b) CSO (c) PCE (d) PCOS

25. Light engine means moving to engine. (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) none

26. Where SLB is fixed. (a) Single line two aspect signal system (b) In Double line (c) on Non Interlocking station (d) None of these.

27. Where Fog Signal Post (F.S.P) is available (a) Before 270 meter from station (b) Before 270 meter from Distant signal

(c) Before 270 meter from first stop signal (d) Before 270 meter from advance starter opposite direction

28. Length of Sand hump (a) 72 Meter (b) 120 meter (c) 54 meter (d) 180 meter

29. W/L board is fixed before level crossing . (a) 400 Meter (b) 250 meter (c) 180 meter (d) 600 meter

30. Last stop signal controlled (a) Station section (b) Block section (c) Catch siding (d) Slip siding

31. What number of vehicle in the case of securing vehicle from rear/forward. (a) 9-9 (b) 12-12 (c) 6-6 (d) 15-15

32. Impact speed of the train during shunting of one wagon (a) 02 KMPH (b) 2.4 KMPH (c) 2.5 KMPH (d) 5 KMPH

33. What is the maximum attaching dangerous/explosive loaded wagon in one goods train. (a ) 15 (b) 10 (c) 20 (d) 03

34. How many damaged vehicle will be attached with one goods train (a ) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

35. Which wagon will not attached in between two loaded 8 wheeler wagon. (a )One 8 wheeler (b)Two 4 wheeler (c) One 4 wheeler (d) Two 8 wheeler

36. Nil caution order is (a) T/B 409 (b) T/A 409 (c) T/409 (d) T/609

37. How many copy is prepared for caution order. (a ) 3 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) NO OPTION 38. The ambition of “ALL RIGHT SIGNAL” during passing of the train run through. (a) For complete passing of complete train with safety. (b) To cross check the defects in moving train. (c) Not seen the signal. (d)None of these.

39. Distance in-between first stop signal and DISTANT signal . (a) 960 meter (b) 1000 meter (c) 1200 meter (d) 600 meter

40. Form number for reminder CAUTION ORDER. (a) T/A-409 (b) T/B 409 (c) T/409 (d) None of these

41. At what distance from first stop signal detonator single is fixed during foggy weather. (a) 280 meter -10 meter (b)290 meter -10 meter (c) 270 meter-10 meter (d) 300 meter

42. What is number of protection vehicle during movement of explosive /dangerous Consignment loaded train in diesel /electric engine.

(a) one (b) two (c) Three (d) Four

43. What is maximum correction slip issued in SWR .

(a) Five (b) Three (c) Two (d) Six

44. Who is authorized to approve special instruction . (a) PCOM (b) AGM (c) CTE (d) CRS

45. कि�तने समय से अधि�� लगातार अनुपस्थि�त / किनरंतर डू्यटी पर �ाय� नहीं �रता है तो �ोई �म�चारी द्वारा आसवासन भरा जाता है.

(�)14 दि'न से अधि�� (ख) 15 दि'न से अधि�� (ग)13 दि'न से अधि�� (घ) 16 दि'न से अधि�� 46. How many chapters are available in GR & SR ? (a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 18 (d) 23

47. Classification of station is found in which chapter of GR & SR ?(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 8

48. In how many hours before the wine and drugs is prohibited to take which affect the normal course of duty ?

(a) 2 hrs. (b) 5 hrs. (c) 8 hrs. (d) 24 hrs.

49. Which is not a signal ?(a) Guard Repeater (b) Detonator (c) Hand signal (d) Flare/Fusee

50. B H is a type of station ?(a) Class-A (b) Class-B (c) Class-C (d) Special Class

51. Wraner signal is a ?(a) Stop signal (b) permissive signal (c) Subsidiary signal (d) Duplicate signal

52. Calling-On signal is ? (a) Stop signal (b) permissive signal (c) Subsidiary signal (d) Duplicate signal

53. Shunting order is ? (a) T.608 (b) T.806 (c) T.609 (d) T.409

54. Normal speed of shunting is ?(a) 15 Kmph (b) 5 Kmph (c) 2.5 Kmph (d) Booked speed

55. Which one of these is not in signal sighting committee?(a) Traffic Inspector (b) Signal Inspector (c) P.Way Inspector (d) Loco Inspector

56. How many types is the system of working?(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6

57. What is the speed of the last vehicle train in block section?(a) Booked speed (b) 10 Kmph (c) 15 Kmph (d) 20 kmph

58. What is the distance of passenger warning Board from First stop signal?(a) 1000m (b) 960m (c) 1400m (d) 1500m

59. What is the speed of the train entering into dock platform?(a) 10 Kmph (b) 15 Kmph (c) 20 Kmph (d) 8 Kmph

60. The distance between Home signal and BSLB is ?(a) 120m (b) 180m (c) 300m (d) 400m

61. line will be kept clear before granting line clear at A Class station upto ?(a) Home signal (b) Facing point (c) Starter signal (d) advance starter signal

62. Station section is found in which class of station ?(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D

63. Speed of the train passing over loop line with thick web switch?(a) 15 Kmph (b) 20 Kmph (c) 30 kmph (d) 40 kmph

64. Who conduct the Enquiry of Serious Accident ?(a) PCOM (b) CRS (c) GM (d) Rly. Minister

65. Which of the following is not a AUTHORITY TO PROCCED (a) T/C 1425 (b)T/D 1425 (c)T/G 602 (d) T/409

66. Breach of Block rule is an example of ? (a) Indicative Accident (b) Consequential Accident (c) Serious Accident (d) Unusual Accident

67. Catch siding protects?(a) Block Section (b) Station section (c) Undefined section d. None of these

68. Minimum equipments of signal found in class-A signal?(a) outer, home, Starter (b) Outer, Home(c) warner, home, starter (d) warner, Outer, Home, Starter

69. Aspect of calling-On signal in ON position?(a) yellow (b) Green (c). Red (d) None

70. T.369 (3b) will be issued to superfast Train for defective starter signal?(a) Notice station (b) Just rear station(c) Same station (d) None of These

71. How many Detonators are placed in Foggy weather?(a) one (b) Two (c) Three (d) Four

72. “ X “ Mark on the signal is ?(a) signal defective (b) signal is out of use(c) signal for crossing (d) None of these

73. Who permits to run a goods Train without Brake Van?(a) Sr. DSO (b) Sr. DOM (c) DRM (d) PCOM

74. What is the Bell Beat when a Train passing without Tail Lamp?(a) 6 – 1 (b) 6 – 2 (c) 6 – 3 (d) 6 – 4

75. Abbreviation of O.D.C?(a) Over due consigment (b) over Dimensional consignment(c) oldest date of consigment (d) None of these

76. ODC is divided into how many classes?(a) Two (b) Three (c) Four (d) Five

77. Isolation Means ?(a) To isolate points and signals (b) To isolate one line to another(c) To isolate points and Locks (d) None of these

78. Sand hump is a means of ?(a) Marshalling (b) Isolation (c) Shunting (d) None of these

279. Speed of the Relief Train/ Engine in Day when wheather is clear?(a) Booked speed (b) 15 Kmph (c) 10 Kmph (d) 25 Kmph

280. Validity of competancy certificate?(a) one year (b) two year (c) three year (d) five year

281. Special class gate will be, when TVU exceeds ?(a) 20,000 (b) 30,000 (c) 50,000 (d) 100,000

282. ACD(Anti Collision Device) is found in which appendix of SWR(station working Rule)(a) A (b) C (c) F (d) G

283. Mock Drill is condusted once in ?(a) one month (b) two month (c) three month (d) 6 month

284. Prescribed time to exit ART in Day ?(a) 15 minute (b) 25 minute (c) 30 minute (d) 45 minute

285. Minimum running time is fixed by ?(a) CRS (b) B. PCOM (c) DRM (d) CSO

286. Speed of the Train in night when patrolman overdue ?(a) 60 Kmph (b) 40 Kmph (c) 30 Kmph (d) 15 Kmph

287. Prescribed whistle code by driver when train parting ?(a) o – o - (b) - - o o (c) – o – o (d) o – o

288. How many coaches can be attached rear SLR in M/EXP.(a) one (b) two (c) three (d) four

289. Where is the HQ. of CRS ?(a) Lucknow (b) Allahabad (c) Delhi (d) Kolkata

290. Which formis issued for reception of train in block line ? ( a) T/509 (b) T/511 (c)T/512 (d) T/609

291. Which class of accident is derailment of train? (a) A class (b) B class (c) C class ( d) D class

292. What is the speed of train in STD II(R) interlocking ? (a) 50 kmph (b) 110 kmph (c) 140 kmph (d) 160kmph

293. On which signal calling on signal cannot be placed ? ( a) outer (b) home (c) starter (d) advance starter

294. Which one of these is a permissive signal ? ( a) warner (b) outer (c) home (d) starter

295. The order of movement of ‘C’ class ODC is given by-

a. CRS b. PCOM c.DRM d.CSO

296. At how much distance from crossing gate RW/L board is placed ? a. 250 m b.400 m c. 500 m d. 600 m

297. Which class of accident is “engine failure” ? a. E b. F c.G d. J

298. In the case of “fouling mark” jam, which is the whistle code ? a. Two long b. Two short c. Three short d. Three long

299. What compensation is given by railway in case of accident ? a. 8 lakh b. 6 lakh c. 5 lakh d. 3 lakh

300. What is the maximum speed of a train during foggy weather in absolute bolck system ? a. 60 kmph b. 50 kmph c. 40 kmph d. 30 kmph

301. W/L board is placed how much before from crossing gate ? a. 400 m b. 500 m c. 600 m d. 1000 m

302. What is the normal aspect of distance signal ? a. Red b. Green c. Yellow d. Double Yellow

303. What is the speed of a train when headlight is defective ? a. 50 kmph b. 40 kmph c. 30 kmph d. 20 kmph

304. In which year India’s first train moved ? a. 1853 b. 1870 c. 1910 d. 1925

305. Stop indicator board is placed- a. 50 m before place of work b. 40 m before place of work c. 30 m before place of work d. 20 m before place of work

306. Which is a means of isolation ? a. sand hump b. trap point c. hedge derail d. all of above

307. Which of the following is not a block station? a. D class b. B class c. A class d. C class

308. Outer signal is placed in which class of station? a. D class b. C class c. B class d. A class

309. What is the speed of train in STD IV(R) interlocking? a. 50 kmph b.160 kmph c. 140 kmph d. 110 kmph

310. In which year constitution of india came in force? a. 1930 b.1935 c. 1948 d. 1950

311. In which year Indian national congress was founded ? a. 1870 b. 1885 c. 1910 d.1925

312. General rules are framed by – a. Railway board b. GM c. PCOM d. DRM

313. Which of the following rule is followed all over Indian railway equally? a. General rules b. subsidiary rules c. Above both d. none of above

314. Where is BSLB board placed? a. Double line b. Single line c. Above both d. none of above

315. Where is subsidiary rules followed? a. whole Indian Railway b. Zonal Railway c. Divisional Railway d. None of above

316. What is I.B.P ? a. C class station b. B class station c. A class station d. D class station

317. Which is the last stop signal of a station? a. Starter b. Home c. Outer d. Advance starter

318. Which signal cannot be used for shunting ? a. Shunt signal b. Hand signal c. Starter signal d. Home signal

319. Where is the headquarter of East Central Railway ? a. Hajipur b. Danapur c. Sonpur d. Dhanbad

320. Where is zonal railway training institute of east central railway ? a. Sonpur b. Samastipur c. Muzaffarpur d. Dhanbad

321. Where is R.D.S.O located ? a. Lucknow b. Kanpur c. Gorakhpur d. Calcutta

322. Block Back In which Station? (a) Only at Double line Station (b) Only at Single line Station (c) Both at Single line & Double line Station (d)None of these

323. According to system of working what is given to L.P of a Train for entering in Block Section with his Train?

(a) Block Back (b) Block forward (c) Authority to Proceed (d) Shunting Order.

324. Running line between two Block Stations is called? (a) Station Section (b) Block Section (c) Block Section (d) Station Limit

325. What do you mean by “Day” ? (a) 6 A.M to 6 P.M (b) Sunrise to Sunset (c ) 6A.M to 10 P.M (d) When Visibility is clear

326. When two lines cross or intersect each other due to which prescribed standard dimension is violated then what indication is used at that point? (a) Shunting limit board (b) Block section limit board (c) Fouling mark (d) Trap Indicator

327. Where is Traffic gate located ? (a) In Block Section (b) Only in Station limit (c )Between outer most stop signals of a Block Section (d )None of these

328. (a) Loop line (b) Main line (c) Platform line (d) Goods line

329. When a point is Set for Straight line then “Point Indicator” display in both directions ? (a) At Day time Yellow Disc and at Night Yellow light. (b) At Day time Yellow Disc and at Night Yellow light (c) At Day time white Disc and at Night white light (d) No light or Disc.

330. When Trap is closed (set) then “Trap Indicator” will display in both direction ? (a) In Day White Disc and at Night White light (b) In Day Yellow Disc and at night White light (c) In Day green Disc and at Night green light (d) In Day No Sign and at Night no light

331. At Single Line Station limit is from? (a) From Home Signal to Home Signal (b) From Advance Starter to Advance Starter (c) Between two outer most Signal (d) Shunting limit Board to Shunting limit Board.

332. Which Authority is given for shunting Work? (a) T/409 (b) T/806 (c) T369(3b) (d) No authority.

333. What is the validity of privilege pass? (a) 120 days (b)150 days (c) 90 days (d) None of these. 334. How many set of school pass is granted in one year? (a) 06 set (b)03 set (c) 01 set (d) None. 335. Yearly how many set of PTO is granted to employee? (a) 02 set (b) 01 set (c) 04 set (d) 06 set.

336. When 03 set of privilege pass is granted to group “C” employee? (a) 03 years (b) 05 years (c) 02 years (d) None. 337. Which pass is granted to union representative to participate PNM ? (a) Privilege pass (b) Complementary pass (c) Special pass (d) None. 338. How many days CL is granted to Line employee? (a) 10 days (b) 08 days (c) 12 days (d) None.

339 What is the maximum limit of leave on average pay? (a) 200 Days (b) 180 Days (c) 300 Days (d) None .

340. What is the maximum limit of maternity leave ? (a) 200 Days (b) 180 Days (c) 100 Days (d) None 341 Paternity leave is granted for how many children? (a) 02 children (b) 02 living children (c) 03 children (d) None. 342 142 Maximum limit of leave on half average pay ? (a) 150 Days (b)250 Days (c) 300 Days (d) None. 343 Which is the standard form for suspension ? (a) SF-2 (b)SF-3 (c) SF-1 (d) None.

344 Which is the standard form for minor charge sheet ? (a) SF-2 (b) SF-4 (c) SF-5 (d) SF-11. 345 Which is the standard form for Major charge sheet ? (a) SF-5 (b)SF-4 (c) SF-7 (d) SF-11. 346 How many casual leave is granted to Group “D” employee posted in office ? (a) 06 Days (b) 08 Days (c) 10 Days (d) None. 347 How many set of complimentary pass is granted to Group “D” employee after retirement ?

(a) 01 set (b) 02 set (c) 03 set (d) None 348 Write full description of the following :- (a) NPS (b) CRIS (c) LAP (d) DAR (e) PTO

349 Which metal pass is granted to General Manager ? (a) Silver (b) Platinum (c) Gold (d) Bronze

350 For whom child care leave is granted ? (a) Male employee (b) Female employee (c) Both (d) None

351 Who is the chairman of railway board?

352 Who is the president of India? Organisation of Railway Board (353) Which of the following is supreme of commercial department at railway board level ?(a) CRB (b) MT (c) CCM (d) None

(354) who is the chairman of railway board ?(a) V. K. Yadav (b) Ashwani Lohani (c) Ghan shyam singh (d) None of these

(355) Headquarter of Railway Rates Tribunal ( RRT ) is in ?(a) Delhi (b) Kolkata (c) Mumbai (d) Chhennai

(356) Where is RDSO situated ?(a) Ahmedabad (b) Lucknow (c) Delhi (d) Guwahati

(357) Where is Rail Wheel Factory situated in Bihar ?(a) saran (b) Vaishali (c) Patna (d) Jamalpur

English Question

Fill up the blanks :-(358) Had you worked hard you ………….passed. (a) Would (b) Will (c) Would have (d) Will have

(359) The train had left before I…………….the station. (a) reach (b) was reaching (c) reached (d) reaches

(360) She still remembers the day when she first ……………. To church. (a) went (b) was going (c) gone (d) going

(361) He always ……………. to prove that the earth revolves round the sun. (a) tried (b) tries (c) was trying (d) is trying

(362) There are no taxies available because taxi drivers ……………. on strike.

(a) went (b) go (c) have gone (d) will go

(363) He …………….suffering from fever since the last week. (a) is (b) was (c) has (d) has been

(364) The train …………….before we reach the station. (a) will have departed (b) has departed (c) is departing (d) was departing

(365) They ………….the students on educational tour on next Monday. (a) were taking (b) have taken (c) are taking (d) have been taking

(366) She …………….a better job next month. (a) will get (b) have got (c) got (d) get

(367) I went into the hostel to see what students …………….. (a) cook (b) is cooking (c) was cooking (d) has cooked

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (368)The Capital of Switzerland is ................ ? (a) Damacus (b) Geneva (c) Swiss confederation (d) Bern

(369) The Headquarters of International Red Cross is at ..............? (a) Geneva (b) Paris (c) London (d) Washington

(370) Rovers cup is associated with .................. sports ? (a) Table Tennis (b) polo (c) Roving (d) Football

(371) .................. is given in the field of Medical Science? (a) Shanti swarup bhatnagar award (b) Iqbal samman (c) R D Birla Award (d) Tansen Award (372) The World Disabled Day falls on ..................... ? (a)15th March (b) 3rd December (c) 19th March (d)14th december

(373) Autoecology is the syudy of ............? (a) Species (b) Ecology (c) Enviroment (d) None of these

(374) The first Shuttle to go in Space was .............. ? (a) Coloumbia (b) Viking-I (c) Space group –I (d) None of these

(375)The first Nuclear Reactor in India is ..............? (a)Dhruva (b) Harsha (c)Apsara (d) Vipula

(376) The Capital of China is .............. ? (a) Nanjing (b)Beijing (c)Xianjing (c) Shanghai

(377) ”The Golden Temple” is situated at ......... ? (a) Chandigarh (b)Haryana (c) Punjab (d)Amritsar(

MENTAL ABILITY

(378) If Monday Falls on the first of October which day will fall three days after the 20th in that month.(a) Monday (b) Tuesday (c) Wednesday (d) Sunday

DIRECTIONS (Q. No’s- 379-381 ) Choose the most appropriate option on the basis of information give below .In a certain code language 461 means “where are you” 169 means “you are good” and 8652 means “flowers are not bad”.

(379) How will “are you where” be written in the code language? (a)614 (b)163 (c)618 (d)168(380) what is the code for “not” ? (a) 6 (b) 8 (c) 2 (d) 8 or 5 or 2 (381) what is the code for “good” ? (a) 4 (b) 9 (c) 6 (d) 6 or 1

MATH

(382) Income of A is 25% more than income of B, how much percent income of B is less than income of A. (a) 15 (b) 20 (c) 25 (d) 30

(383) Ram can do one work in 6 days and shyam can do the same work in 3 days seperately. How much days will take if both of them start the work together. (a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1

(384) 206. Average age of a 10 children class is 15 years. Some day a child of age 6 years was absent. What was the average age of the rest children that day. (a) 13 ( b) 14 (c) 15 (d) 16

(385) LCM and HCF of two numbers are 84 and 14 respectively.First number is 42 then the second number will be –

(a) 42 (b) 14 (c) 28 (d) 7

(386) 208. Price of sugar is increased by 20%. How much percent consumption of sugar should be decreased to maintain the expenditure constant ?

(a) 20% (b) 25% (c) 40/3% (d) 50/3%

(387) A shopkeeper cheats his customer using 950 gm wat in place of 1 kg wat. How much percentage he gains if he sells his goods at his purchage rate ?

(a) More than 5% (b) less than 5% (c) 5% (d) 9.5%

(389) 210. The largest number of four digits exactly divisible by 12,15,18 and 27 is- (a) 9720 (b) 9710 (c) 9700 (d) 9690

(390) The correct value of 6.46 in the fractional form is – (a) 646/99 (b) 64640/1000 (c) 640/100 (d) 640/99

(391) A 70 cm long rod is to be cut into two pieces such that one piece will be 2/5 as long as the other. The length of the shorter piece will be –

(a) 10 (b) 14 (c) 20 (d) 28

(392) A total of 324 coins of 20 paise and 25 paise make a sum of Rs 7. The number of 25 paise coins is –

(a) 120 (b) 124 (c) 144 (d) 200

(393) Find the smallest number that must be added to 1780 to make it a perfect square - (a) 39 (b) 49 (c) 59 (d) 69

(394) The average of the first nine prime numbers is – (395) 9 (b) 11 (c) 100/9 (d) 101/9

(395) At what percent above the CP must an article be marked so as to gain 33% after allowing a customer a discount of 5%.

(a) 50% (b) 40% (c) 30% (d) 20%

(396) If 15 men, working 9 hours a day can do a work in 16 days, in how many days will 18 men complete the same work,working 8 hours a day ? (a) 12 (b) 13 (c) 14 (d) 15 (397) 218. A train is moving at a speed of 132 km/hr. If the length of the train is 110 m, how long will it take to cross a railway platform 165 m long.

(a) 13/2 sec (b) 7 sec (c) 15/2 sec (d) 8 sec

राजभाषा (1) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम �ी कि�स �ारा �े अंतग�त �ें द्रीय सर�ार �ो किनयम बनाने �ी शक्ति1 प्र'ान �ी गयी है ?(�) �ारा – 6 (ख) �ारा – 4 (ग) �ारा – 8 (घ) �ारा – 5

(2) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम, 1963 में �ुल कि�तनी �ाराए ँहैं ?(�) 8 (ख) 9 (ग) 10 (घ) 11

(3) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम �ी �ौन सी �ाराए ँजम्मू व् �श्मीर पर लागू नहीं हैं ?(�) 5 एवं 6 (ख) 6 एवं 7 (ग) 7 एवं 8 (घ) इनमे से �ोई नहीं

(4) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम , 1963 �ी �ारा – 4 कि�ससे सम्बंधि�त है ?(�) उच्च न्यायालयों �े किनर्ण�यों आदि' से (ख) किनयम बनाने से (ग) संस'ीय राजभाषा समीकित �े गठन से सम्बंधि�त (घ) राजभाषा आयोग से

(5) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम , 1963 �ी �ारा 3 �ब लागू हुई ?(�) 26 जनवरी 1963 (ख) 26 जनवरी 1965 (ग) 14 क्तिसतम्बर 1965 (घ) 26 नवम्बर 1965

(6) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम, 1963 �ी �ारा 3 �ी उप�ारा 3 �े अंतग�त �ुल कि�तने 'स्तावेज शाधिमल कि�ये गये हैं ?

(�) 12 (ख) 14 (ग) 3 (घ) 13 (7) राजभाषा किनयम , 1976 में �ुल कि�तने किनयम हैं ? (�) 9 (ख) 8 (ग) 12 (घ) 11 (8) राजभाषा किनयम 1976 कि�स राज्य पर लागू नहीं है ? (�) जम्मू व �श्मीर (ख) तधिमलनाडु (ग) आन्ध्र प्र'ेश (घ) अरुर्णाचल प्र'ेश (9) राजभाषा किनयम , 1976 �ब से लागू है ?(�) 17 जुलाई 1976 (ख) 26 जनवरी 1976 (ग) 14 क्तिसतम्बर 1976 (घ) 14 क्तिसतम्बर 1987

(10) ” हिहं'ी �ा �ाय�सा�� ज्ञान “ �ी परिरभाषा राजभाषा किनयम 1976 �े कि�स किनयम पर 'ी गयी है ?(�) किनयम 9 (ख) किनयम 10 (ग) किनयम 8 (घ) किनयम 6

(11) राजभाषा किनयम 1976 �े कि�स किनयम पर “ हिहं'ी में प्रवीर्णता “ प्राप्त �म�चारी �ी परिरभाषा 'ी गयी है ?

(�) किनयम 5 (ख) किनयम 6 (ग) किनयम 10 (घ) किनयम 9

(12) राजभाषा अधि�किनयम 1976 �े अंतग�त ‘ख के्षत्र ‘ में �ुल कि�तने राज्य एवं संघ राज्य के्षत्र शाधिमल कि�ये गये हैं ?

(�) 3 राज्य एवं 1 संघ राज्य के्षत्र (ख) 9 राज्य एवं 2 संघ राज्य के्षत्र (ग) 3 राज्य एवं 3 संघ राज्य के्षत्र (घ) उपयु�1 में से �ोई नही

(13) “अधि�सूक्तिचत �ाया�लय “ �ा सम्बन्ध राजभाषा किनयम �े कि�स किनयम से है ?(�) 10(1) (ख) 10(4) (ग) 8(4) (घ) 7(1)

(14) राजभाषा किनयम �े कि�स किनयम �े अंतग�त प्रशासकिन� प्र�ान �ो राजभाषा �ो राजभाषा अधि�किनयम और राजभाषा किनयम �े अनुपालन �ा उत्तर'ाधियत्व सौंपा गया है ?

(�) 11 (ख) 12 (ग) 6 (घ) 8

(15) संकिव�ान �े कि�स अनुचे्छ' पर राजभाषा आयोग �े गठन �ा प्राव�ान कि�या गया है ?(�) अनुचे्छ' 343(3) (ख) अनुचे्छ' 344(1) (ग) अनुचे्छ' 344(4) (घ) अनुचे्छ' 345

(16) संकिव�ान �े कि�स अनुचे्छ' �े प्राव�ानों �े अंतग�त संकिव�ान �े लागू होने �े बा' 15 वषT �ी अवधि� त� अंग्रेजी भाषा प्रयोग में लायी जानी थी ?

(�) 343(3) (ख) 343(2) (ग) 343(1) (घ) 344(1)

(17) संस'ीय राजभाषा समीकित में लो� सभा �े कि�तने स'स्य होते हैं ?(�) 10 (ख) 20 (ग) 30 (घ) इनमे से �ोई नहीं

(18) संस'ीय राजभाषा समीकित में राज्य सभा �े कि�तने स'स्य होते हैं ? (�) 10 (ख) 20 (ग) 30 (घ) इनमे से �ोई नहीं

(19) संकिव�ान �े कि�स अनुचे्छ' पर संस' में प्रयोग �ी जाने वाली भाषा से सम्बंधि�त प्राव�ान व्यवस्थि�त है ?(�) 343 (ख) 210 (ग) 120 (घ) 348

(20) संकिव�ान �े कि�स अनुचे्छ' पर किव�ान मंडलों में प्रयोग �ी जाने वाली भाषा �े सम्बन्ध में प्राव�ान व्यवस्थि�त कि�ये गये हैं ?

(�) 343(1) (ख) 343(3) (ग) 210 (घ) 120

(21) अनुचे्छ' 344(1) �े प्राव�ानों �े अंतग�त राजभाषा आयोग �ा गठन �ब कि�या गया ?(�) 31 जुलाई 1956 (ख) 07 जून 1955 (ग) 03 क्तिसतम्बर 1957 (घ) इनमे से �ोई नहीं

(22) अनुचे्छ' 344(1) �े प्राव�ानों �े अंतग�त गदिठत राजभाषा आयोग �े अध्यक्ष �ौन थ े?(�) सर'ार बल्लभ भाई पटेल (ख) बाल गंगा�र खेर (ग) गोकिवन्' बल्लभ पंत

(घ) चक्रवत[ राजगोपालाचारी *************************

Answers Sheet Series-VI

1 ख 26 � 51 ख 76 ख 2 � 27 ग 52 ग 77 ख 3 ग 28 ग 53 ख 78 ख 4 ग 29 घ 54 � 79 ख 5 ख 30 ख 55 ग 80 ग 6 � 31 ग 56 घ 81 ग 7 ग 32 ग 57 � 82 ख 8 घ 33 ख 58 ख 83 ख 9 ख 34 � 59 � 84 ग 10 घ 35 ग 60 ख 85 � 11 ग 36 ख 61 ग 86 घ 12 � 37 ग 62 ख 87 ग 13 ग 38 � 63 ग 88 ख 14 घ 39 ख 64 ख 89 � 15 ख 40 ख 65 घ 90 � 16 � 41 ग 66 � 91 घ 17 ग 42 � 67 ख 92 ख 18 � 43 � 68 ग 93 घ 19 ख 44 घ 69 घ 94 � 20 ग 45 ख 70 ग 95 � 21 घ 46 ग 71 ख 96 � 22 घ 47 � 72 ख 97 घ 23 ग 48 ग 73 ख 98 घ 24 � 49 � 74 ख 99 � 25 ग 50 ग 75 ख 100 �

101 ग 126 ग 151

श्री किवनो' �ुमार या'व 177 घ

102 ग 127 ग 152

श्री रामनाथ �ोहिवं' 178 ख

103 ख 128 ख 153 ग 179 �104 � 129 ग 154 ख 180 C 105 ग 130 ग 155 ख 181 C 106 घ 131 ग 156 ग 182 A107 � 132 ख 157 ख 183 B108 ग 133 ख 158 ख 184 C109 ख 134 ख 159 ग 185 D110 घ 135 ग 160 ख 186 A111 ख 136 ख 161 � 187 C112 � 137 ग 162 ख 188 A113 � 138 � 163 घ 189 C114 � 139 ग 164 ग 190 (d)Bern

115 ख 140ख

165 ख 191 (a)Geneva

116 � 141 ख 166 ख 192 (d)Football

117 घ 142

ड

167 ख 193

(a)-Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar Award

118 घ 143� एडं ग

168 ग 194 (b)3rd December

119 � 144घ

169 ख 195 (a)Species

120 ग 145�

170 � 196 (a) Columbia

121 � 146 ख 171 ग 197 (a)Apsara 122 ग 147 � 172 ग 198 (b)Beijing

148

न्यू पेंशन स्�ीम , सेण्टर फॉर रेलवे इनफामaशन क्तिसस्टम, लीव ओन एवरेज पे , किडक्तिसप्लिप्लन एडं अपील रूल, किप्रकिवलेज दिट�ट आड�र 173 ख 199

(d) Amritsar

123 ग 149 ग

174 ख 200

(b) Tuesday

124 ग 150 ख

175 ख 201

(a) 614

125 ख 176 � 202

(d) 8 or 5 or 2

203

(b)9204 ख 205 ग

206 घ

207 ग 208 घ 209 घ 210 �

211 घ 212 ग 213 ख 214 घ 215 ग 216 ग 217 घ 218 ग

Documents

€¦ · Web viewEAST CENTRAL RAILWAY (Operating Department) Question bank (objective type) for promotional exam. (From Gr. ‘D’ to Gr. ‘C’) Syllabus: Definition. Operating